Home
        Peterbilt Medium Duty Truck Owner`s Manual
         Contents
1.                                 Warning Light   Indicator Symbols Warning Light   Indicator Symbols  Symbol Name Symbol   Color   Std   Opt   Page Symbol Name Symbol   Color   Std   Opt   Page  28  Power Take off  PTO   51 37  Transmission  Oil Filter  i  Green e   29 Yellow e   30  labs Iz   aid cd E  PTO   PUMP Grae e   29 38  Transmission  Oil Temper   MODE ature High Yellow e 31  30  Refrigerator  es Green e 29 39  Turn Signal  Left   lt a Green   e 31  31  Seat Belt  Fasten  A Red e 30 40  Turn Signal  Right   gt  Green  e 31  32  Suspension Dump I  PU Yellow   e 30 41  Voltage 31  Orange  e    33  Tire Inflation     Y Yellow e 30  Warni     TNT  34  Transmission  Auxiliary arning Light Indicator Symbol Descriptions  e Yellow e   30  1  Active Warnings  Exclamation Point  35  Transmission  Check  Q  Red e   30   Illuminates when a red warning is active  Use  the MCS knob to view the warnings that are  36  Transmission  Range   fer h r ina Fiaur  Inhibit RANGE   Red e   30 active  Refer to the preceeding Figure                           Warning Light   Indicator Symbols     on  page 22 for warning color classification           24  Y53 6027 Medium Duty  R05 09     CONTROLS AND DISPLAYS    Medium Duty  R05 09     2  Active Warnings  Number    Illuminates the total number of red and yellow  active warnings  Use the MCS to view the  active warnings if the display shows a    sym   bol     3  Active Warnings  Triangle    Illuminates when an yellow warning is active   Use the M
2.              1 1 2 in  hex        Medium Duty  R05 09     Y53 6027     D      Tires and Wheels    Tire Replacement    Front  replace front tires when less than 4 32 in  of tread  depth remains  Check depth at three places equally spaced  around the tire     Drive Axles or Trailers  replace tires on drive axles when  less than 2 32 in  of tread depth remains in any major groove   Check depth at three places equally spaced around the tire     WARNING  Do not install regrooved or reinforce     N ment repaired tires on steering axles  They  could fail unexpectedly and cause you to lose  control of your vehicle resulting in an accident  causing death or personal injury     tires with load ratings less than the original  tires  Doing so could lead to unintentional over   loading of the tire  which could cause a failure  resulting in loss of vehicle control and an acci   dent causing death or personal injury     f WARNING  Do not replace original equipment     214         Y53 6027    Preventive Maintenance    NOTE  To prolong the tires  life and make them  safer  have their radial and lateral run out checked at  your Peterbilt Dealer  And of course have the tires  balanced any time you change a tire     Matching Tires    Be sure to buy matched tires for your vehicle  especially on  the rear axles  Mismatched tires can cause stress between  axles and cause the temperature of the axle lubricant to get  too hot  Matched tires will help the driveline last longer and  will give you bette
3.      25 000       Rear Axle      Check Fluid Level       10 000   15 000            Rear Axle  Drain  Flush  Refill          500 000      Synthetic Lube    Y53 6027       Medium Duty  R05 09     Preventive Maintenance    Table 1 Recommended Maintenance Intervals    Maintenance Schedule and Lubrication       ITEM  Rear Wheel Bearings  Rear Brake Camshafts       INTERVAL  100 000    10 000   15 000    COMMENTS  With LMS Wheel End Package  Synthetic Grease With Special Fittings                      Fifth Wheel 10 000 15 000 40 to 60K For Adjustment   Spring Pins 10 000 15 000 With Rubber Bushed Pins     No Service  Front  amp  Rear Slack Adjusters 10 000 15 000 Synthetic Grease With Special Fittings  King Pins 10 000    15 000   Front Wheel Bearings 100 000 Eaton LMS   Accelerator Linkage None       Engine Lubricating Oil      Check Fluid Level      Change Oil       Daily Trip Check       10 000   15 000    Must Meet Engine Company Specifications       Spring Shackle Pins    10 000   15 000    No Service With Rubber Bushed Spring Pins       Clutch Linkage    10 000   15 000       Clutch Release Bearing    10 000   15 000    Extended Grease Fittings       Clutch Cross Shaft    10 000   15 000    Extended Grease Fittings                Door Weatherstrip As Required  Lock Cylinders As Required  Door Hinges As Required Teflon Bushing  Door Latches and Striker Plate As Required       Driveshaft                    U Joints 10 000 15 000 SPL Driveline  Up To 100 000 Miles      Slip Joi
4.      Wet or Overheated Brakes    Wet Brakes    If you have been driving in heavy rain or deep stand   ing water  your brakes will get wet  Water in the brakes  can cause them to be weak  to apply unevenly  or to  grab  These conditions can cause a lack of braking  power  wheel lockups  or pulling of the vehicle to one  side or the other     Avoid driving through deep puddles or flowing water if  possible  If not possible  you should to the following       Slow down     Place transmission in lower gear     Gently press on the brake pedal       Increase engine speed while keeping light pressure  on the brake pedal for a short distance to dry out the  brake linings     Overheated Brakes    Medium Duty  R05 09     STARTING AND OPERATING THE VEHICLE    While traveling down steep hills  gravity will tend to  speed you up  You must go slow enough that your  brakes can hold you back without getting too hot  If  you ride the brake pedal and the brakes get too hot   they may  fade   causing you to press even harder in  an attempt to maintain your desired stopping power   The brakes may even fade so much that you won t be  able to slow down or stop at all     Using lower transmission gears will help keep the  vehicle from going too fast  Using lower gears allows  engine compression and friction to help slow the vehi   cle  Be sure to be in the right gear before you start  down a hill  especially if you have a manual transmis   sion  You could get hung up in NEUTRAL and lose the  benefit
5.      Y53 6027    Introduction    CAUTION  Hydraulic brake fluid may damage  A painted surfaces of the vehicle     Incomplete or improper servicing may cause problems in the  operation of the vehicle  If in doubt about any servicing  have  it done by your Authorized Service Center  Improper mainte   nance during the warranty period may also affect the war   ranty coverage     Modifying your vehicle can make it unsafe  Some modifica   tions can affect your vehicle s electrical system  stability  or  other important functions  Before modifying your vehicle   check with your Peterbilt Dealer to make sure it can be done  safely and correctly     Environmental Protection and Material  Hazards    Some of the ingredients in engine oil  hydraulic oil  transmis   sion and axle oil  engine coolant  diesel fuel  air conditioning  refrigerant  R 134a and PAG oil   batteries  etc   may con   taminate the environment if spilled or not disposed of prop      151     Introduction    erly  Non compliance with environmental regulations can  result in fines and or jail terms  Contact your local govern   ment agency for information concerning proper disposal     its constituents are known to the State of Cali   fornia to cause cancer  birth defects  and other  reproductive harm  Other chemicals in this vehi   cle are also known to the State of California to  cause cancer  birth defects  and other reproduc   tive harm  This warning requirement is man   dated by California law  Proposition 65  and  
6.     85    90    100                                                                          Water ratio   Freeze point    32    25    20    15    10    5  5  12    23    34    50    65    75    84    70    55    43    30  5  F    C   0    C4      7    C9      12      15      21      24      31      37      46      54      59      64      57      48      42    C34    C21   Medium Duty  R05 09  Y53 6027    179       Engine Cooling System    ELC Condition  Contamination and Inhibitor Concentration     Perform a visual inspection of the ELC  It should have no  cloudiness or floating debris  Determine the chemical  inhibitor concentration level by using an ELC specific test  kit or test strips  Inhibitor concentration level determines  corrosion protection  If you are concerned about possible  coolant quality  contamination  or mechanical problems   submit a coolant sample for analysis  Improper mainte   nance may cause coolant degradation and could result in  damage to the cooling system and engine components   Consult your dealer or the ELC manufacturer s represen   tative for recommended ELC test kits  test strips  and lab   oratory sample procedures     ELC Extender    Add ELC extender if necessary at the maintenance inter   val under  Cooling  on page 183         180      Y53 6027    Preventive Maintenance    Topping Off    WARNING  Removing the fill cap on a hot   AN engine can cause scalding coolant to spray  out and burn you badly  If the engine has been  in operation wit
7.     Table6 Effect of Load Pressure on Tire Life    Preventive Maintenance                      Wheel Mounting and Fastening    After the vehicle travels about 50 to 100 miles  80 to 160 km    wheel mountings  seat in  and will lose some initial torque   Check hub wheel mountings after this initial period and  retighten     Wheel Cap Nut Torque    At the first scheduled lube interval  have all wheel cap nuts  torqued to their specified value  See Table 7   Wheel Cap  Nut Torque     Page 210 After that  check wheel cap nuts at  least once a week  Contact an Authorized Service Center for  information on the proper installation procedure for the  wheels on your truck  This is a job you may not be able to do  yourself if you do not have the right equipment               208      Vehicle Load Normal 20  Over 4096 Over 6096 Over 8096 Over 10096 Over  Tire Pressure Normal 2096 Low 3096 Low 3596 Low 45  Low 5596 Low  Expeeted Total Tire Normal 70  50  40  30  25   Mileage    Y53 6027                WARNING  Never use oil or grease on studs or     N nuts  improper torque readings will result  which  could cause improper wheel clamping and could  lead to a wheel failure resulting in an accident  causing death or personal injury     Wheel Bearing Adjustment    For safe  reliable operation and adequate service life  your  wheel bearings must be checked and adjusted properly at  the recommended intervals  See Table 2   Maintenance  Schedule     Page 113  and Table 2   Maintenance Sched   u
8.     stops have been completed       Adjust the parking brake lever  See the Medium Duty    Maintenance Manual     Medium Duty  R05 09     STARTING AND OPERATING THE VEHICLE    Operating the Rear Drive Axle    Introduction    This section covers the operation of your Rear Drive Axle   These instructions apply to the most common features of  drive axles  Refer to the manufacturer s instructions for  further information on the operation of your axle     If your vehicle is equipped with a Rockwell Tractech    No   spin single rear axle  the wheel differential lock feature  automatically engages and disengages  When one wheel  starts to spin on a slippery surface  this rear axle feature  engages to improve traction     Interaxle Differential Lock    On vehicles with tandem rear axles  the interaxle differen   tial allows each axle to turn independently  Differential  action between the tandems relieves stress on the rear  axles and reduces tire wear  The interaxle differential lock  switch allows the operator to LOCK or UNLOCK the differ   ential  depending on road surface conditions     When operating normally on paved  dry surfaces  keep  your truck s interaxle differential in the UNLOCK position     Medium Duty  R05 09     Y53 6027    OPERATING THE REAR DRIVE AXLE    SHIFT AT ANY SPEED EXCEPT  IF A WHEEL IS SPINNING       In the LOCK position  an air operated clutch positively  locks both sets of axles together  providing greater trac   tion on slippery road surfaces  however  
9.    00139a       TREAD CONTACT ME  WITH ROAD      dents  They wear more quickly than properly  inflated tires and are more subject to punctures   cracks  and other damage  They could fail and  cause you to lose control of your vehicle result   ing in an accident causing death or personal  injury  Be sure all tires are inflated correctly  according to the manufacturer s recommenda   tions     f WARNING  Overinflated tires can cause acci     Medium Duty  R05 09     Y53 6027    Tires and Wheels    If overinflation is noted during travel  do not deflate tires  The  increased pressure is caused by temperature build up during  operation  This condition has been taken into account during  manufacturing of the tires  Allow tires to cool  then recheck  and adjust if necessary     Tire Loading    tires  molded on the side wall of your tire  or the  maximum vehicle load rating  whichever is less   Overloading could result in premature tire fail   ure causing you to loose control of your vehicle  and result in an accident causing death or per   sonal injury  The maximum vehicle load rating   GVWR  is found on the Tire and Rim Data label  on the driver s door     1 WARNING  Do not exceed the load rating of your    Overloading your vehicle is as damaging to the tires as  underinflation  It significantly affects the expected life  total  mileage of a tire   The following chart shows how neglect or  deliberate abuse can affect the life of your vehicle s tires         207      Tires and Wheels
10.    1  Prefill filter with fuel    2  Moisten gasket with diesel fuel    3  Hand tighten them only 1 2 to 2 3 turn after gasket con   tact  Mechanical tightening of these filters may distort or  crack the filter head     Medium Duty  R05 09     Y53 6027    Engine Maintenance      When replacing a fuel filter element  do not use a substi   tute  Install only filter elements designed for fuel filtration   First clean and inspect the shell  Then insert the new  element and fill the container at least 2 3 full of clean fuel  before installing the shell    elements  soak them in clean fuel before install   ing them     n NOTE  To expel air from density type strainer      Throw away old gaskets  Replace them with new ones to  ensure a positive seal    Position the shell and gasket properly  Then tighten the  cover nut or bolt just enough to prevent fuel leakage   After starting the engine  check for leaks around the fil   ter     Filter Draining    Check fuel filter water separator daily  Check with engine  OFF  Depending on the fuel storage facility  more frequent  draining may be required     1  Open drain valve  by hand only   turn valve screw  counter clockwise approximately 1 1 2 to 2 turns until  draining occurs  Drain filter sump of water until clear fuel  is visible      175     Engine Maintenance    If entrapped water exceeds sump volume  you can  either     A  Close valve and run engine until smooth idle is  established  then repeat drain procedures  or  B  Remove filter f
11.    Before turning on the ignition or switching  from AUTO to MANUAL  be sure no workers  are near the fan     CAUTION  The fan or equipment near it could  be damaged if the fan turns on suddenly when  you do not expect it  Keep all tools and equip   ment away from the fan     NOTE  Do not operate the engine fan in the MAN   UAL position for extended periods of time  The  fan hub was designed for intermittent operation   Sustained operation will shorten the fan hub s  service life as well as reduce fuel economy     Medium Duty  R05 09     STARTING AND OPERATING THE VEHICLE    Cruise Control  Option     This feature improves fuel mileage and reduces driver  fatigue by maintaining a constant vehicle speed  The  cruise control will only operate above a programmed min   imum vehicle speed  15 mph for the CAT 3126B engine   30 mph for the Cummins ISC engine     Engaging the Cruise Control       SET    CRUSE O Rus     cW     SELECT    Oo     RESUME               the minimum cruise control speed and the  engine speed is above 1100 rpm     1  Move the ON OFF switch to the ON position     n NOTE  Ensure that the vehicle speed is above    RESUME position at this point will select the pre     NOTE  Toggling the SET RESUME switch to the  Kd viously set cruise speed     Medium Duty  R05 09     Y53 6027    2  Accelerate the vehicle to the desired cruise speed     3  Toggle the SET RESUME switch lever to the SET  position to set the cruise speed  This toggle switch  has additional functions 
12.    Check internal baffling  You can do this by listening for  rattling sounds while tapping the muffler with a rubber  mallet or revving the engine up and down through its nor   mal operating range     Medium Duty  R05 09     Y53 6027    Noise and Emission Control    Exhaust Tail Pipe      Check the mounting  Tighten as necessary  The miter  cut at the tip of the pipe must be facing the rear of the  vehicle  Do not modify the end of the pipe in any way     Engine Fan and Shroud    engine running  The engine fan can engage at  any time without warning  Anyone near the fan  when it turns on could be killed or seriously  injured  Before turning on the ignition  be sure  that no one is near the fan     f WARNING  Do not work on the fan with the      Check all fasteners for tightness  Check for stress cracks  in the shroud  Make sure the shroud is adjusted so that it  does not touch the fan blades      Check to verify that the fan is disengaged  not turning   with the engine running at normal operating tempera   tures  from cold to the point that the fan engages       Check fan blade mounting bolts  Inspect fan blades to be  sure they are not cracked or bent  If problems exist  refer  to the Cooling System section in the Medium Duty  Maintenance Manual for detailed maintenance instruc   tions         259      Noise and Emission Control    Transmission and Driveline    e Substituting a different main transmission or drive line  components  other than design specified units  may  re
13.    Medium Duty  R05 09     STARTING AND OPERATING THE VEHICLE    Electrohydraulic Pump  The Electrohydraulic  EH   pump is used as a backup boost pump  The EH pump  turns on and provides fluid pressure to the hydraulic  booster in the event power steering fluid stops flowing  through the booster head     Front and Rear Wheel Calipers  translate hydraulic fluid  pressure into force applied at each wheel end brake rotor  to retard wheel motion     Hydraulic Booster  The hydraulic booster applies addi   tional hydraulic force from the power steering gear to the  master cylinder piston when the brake pedal is applied     Parking Brake Lamp  illuminates when the parking brake  is engaged  the lever is in the up position      Parking Brake Lever  the hand lever located in the cab  which engages or disengages the driveline drum brake     Power Steering Flow Switch  senses flow of power  steering fluid     Power Steering Fluid Reservoir  stores power steering  fluid and offers a place to replenish when needed     Medium Duty  R05 09     Y53 6027    USING THE BRAKE SYSTEM    Power Steering Gear  assists the steering operation and  sends pressurized power steering fluid to the brake  booster     Power Steering Pump  draws power steering fluid from  the reservoir and sends it to the power steering gear     Warning Buzzer  sounds when either power steering  fluid flow is interrupted or when a pressure differential is  present between the primary and secondary brake fluid  pressure  Eithe
14.    Medium Duty  R05 09     WARNING  Do not use any replacement part in  the brake system unless it conforms exactly to  original specifications  A nonconforming part in  your vehicle s brake system could cause a mal   function resulting in an accident causing death  or injury  Consult you local dealer for suitable  replacement parts     WARNING  Do not work on the brake system  without the parking brake set  the keys removed  from the vehicle  and wheels chocked securely   If the vehicle is not properly secured to prevent  inadvertent vehicle movement  it could roll and  cause death  serious personal injury or damage  to the vehicle       Use wood blocks  4 in  X 4 in  X 6 in  or  larger  against the front and rear surfaces of  the tires  Be sure the vehicle cannot move     Brake System    Brake Fluid Check and Refill     gt     B    Y53 6027    WARNING  Wear protective clothing when han   dling hydraulic fluid  It is mildly toxic and can  cause skin and eye irritation     WARNING  Use only the type of hydraulic fluid  specified  Do not use or mix different types of  hydraulic fluid  The wrong hydraulic fluid will  damage the rubber parts of the brake system  which may lead to loss of braking and possibly  cause an accident resulting in death or serious  personal injury     CAUTION  Hydraulic brake systems use two dis   tinct and incompatible fluids  Power steering  fluid is used in the hydraulic brake booster sys   tem  Brake fluid is used in the master cylinder  and brake p
15.    d NOTE  Any alteration  adding bulkheads  head     Medium Duty  R05 09  Y53 6027    zii    42    Y53 6027    CAB AND FRAME ACCESS    Medium Duty  R05 09     ENGINE ACCESS    HOOD HOLD DOWNS AND TILT    Engine Access    WARNING  Before opening the hood  make  AN sure your footing is secure and stable  Failure  to do so may cause the hood to close uncon   trollably which may result in death or personal    Hood Hold Downs and Tilt    The hood is locked in its closed position by an external  latch on each side  These latches serve as hold downs  and keep the hood from opening unexpectedly     CAUTION  If you do not latch the hood  A securely  it could open during operation and   cause vehicle damage  Be sure to latch the   hood securely before moving the vehicle     WARNING  A pivoting hood could hurt some    AN one or be damaged itself  Before opening or  closing the hood  be sure there are no people  or objects in the way  Failure to stand in a  position of safety can cause death or personal  injury     To open the hood  unlatch both of the hood hold downs     injury                 UNLATCHED    Medium Duty  R05 09  Y53 6027    c3    HOOD HOLD DOWNS AND TILT    ENGINE ACCESS    Put one hand on the hood handle  just above the Peterbilt   WARNING  Always make sure the lock is    emblem   one foot on the bumper  and one foot on the    ground  Tilt the hood forward until you hear it  lock      engaged to keep your hood open while work   ing in the engine compartment  Failure to 
16.   219     Electrical System    Battery cables have a protective insulation covering the metal  cable  Contact your authorized service center to have the  cables replaced if you find any chafing  tears or breaks in the  insulation and the cable is visible through the tear or break     Batteries    accessories contain lead and lead compounds   chemicals known to the State of California to  cause cancer and reproductive harm  Wash  hands after handling     f WARNING  Battery posts  terminals  and related    Battery Access    The vehicle is originally equipped with two batteries   Replacement batteries must meet the following specifica   tions  maintenance free  group 31 size  threaded stud  12V   650 cold cranking ampere  CCA   and 160 minutes of  reserve capacity  The battery compartment has space to  install an optional third battery     The battery compartment is located on the left side of the  vehicle  under the cab access steps         220      Y53 6027    Preventive Maintenance    The cover is held in place by two latches one on each side     ment cover  step  before entering the cab  With   out the step you could slip and fall  resulting in  death or possible injury to yourself     i WARNING  Always reinstall the battery compart                                         02601             Battery Compartment    Medium Duty  R05 09     Preventive Maintenance    batteries or electrical system  remove all jewelry   If metal jewelry or other metal comes in contact  with electri
17.   32 Suspension Dump    IIluminates when suspension air bags are  deflated     33  Tire Inflation    CONTROLS AND DISPLAYS    Illuminates when tire pressures need to be checked   Tire  Pressure Monitoring System is an option     fy 34  Transmission  Auxiliary    ux Illuminates to indicate auxiliary transmission  is in neutral     35  Transmission  Check    Illuminates when transmission has recorded  a fault code  This icon may also appear in the  Transmission Display menu of the Driver  Information Display unit  see item G  page  35   If the user is in this display menu  the  icon does not indicate a fault code     36  Transmission  Range Inhibit  RANGE Illuminat ith Alli 1000 2000    INHIBIT uminates WI Ison series    transmissions with    Range Inhibit    output     37  Transmission  Oil Filter    Illuminates when service is required  Allison    13338  transmissions only      Y53 6027 Medium Duty  R05 09     CONTROLS AND DISPLAYS    INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS    38  Transmission  Oil Temperature High    Illuminates when transmission lubricant tem   perature is too high The information display  will provide the current oil temperature when  the icon is illuminated     Trans  Temp    B 302 r    CAUTION  This should be considered an emer    A  gency  You should stop the vehicle as safely as  possible and turn OFF the ignition  The vehicle  must be serviced and the problem corrected  before driving again  Failure to do so may cause  severe transmission damage     Medium Duty  R05
18.   Attach one end of a jumper cable to the positive terminal  of the discharged  dead  battery  This will have a large  red         or    P    on the battery case  post  or clamp    2  Attach the other end of the same cable to the positive      terminal of the good  booster  battery    3  Attach the remaining jumper cable FIRST to the negative  terminal  black           or    N     of the good battery    4  Attach the other end of the negative cable to a bare  metal part bolted to the engine block or clamp directly to  the engine block if possible     IMPORTANT  Always connect positive     to positive      and negative       to negative         5  Start the engines       Start the vehicle that has the good battery first  Let it  run for a few minutes     004    Y53 6027    Preventive Maintenance      Then start the vehicle that has the discharged   dead  battery     If the engine fails to start  do not continue to crank the  starter but contact the nearest Authorized Service  Center     Remove jumper cables     WARNING  When disconnecting jumper cables    AN make sure they do not get caught in any moving  parts in the engine compartment  You could be  killed or seriously injured     Reverse the above procedure exactly when removing the  jumper cables  With engine running  disconnect jumper  cables from both vehicles in the exact reverse order  Steps 4      1   making sure to first remove the negative cable from the  vehicle with the discharged battery     Battery Charging    E
19.   Be sure to  close the drains before leaving the vehicle     4  Secure the vehicle  close all the windows  and lock all  doors     Before Stopping the Engine    Do not shut off the engine immediately  A hot engine  stores a great amount of heat and it does not cool down  immediately after you shut if off  Always cool the engine  down before shutting it off  You will greatly increase its ser   vice life     Idle the engine at 1000 rpm for five minutes  Then low idle  for thirty seconds before shutdown  This will allow circulat   ing coolant and lubricating oil to carry away heat from the  cylinder head  valves  pistons  cylinder liners  turbo   charger  and bearings  This way you can prevent engine  damage that may result from uneven cooling     Medium Duty  R05 09     Y53 6027    SHUT DOWN    Turbocharger    This cooling down practice is especially important for a  turbocharged engine  The turbocharger on your vehicle  contains bearings and seals that are subjected to hot  exhaust gases  While the engine is operating  heat is car   ried away by circulating oil  If you stop the engine sud   denly after a hard run  the temperature of the  turbocharger could rise to as much as 100  F  55  C   above the temperature reached during operation  A sud   den rise in temperature like this could cause the bearings  to seize or the oil seals to loosen     Refueling    Air inside the fuel tanks allows water to condense in the  tank  To prevent this condensation while the vehicle is  parke
20.   Electrical System      When fast charging  remove the battery caps so pres     sure does not accumulate    Always make sure the battery charger is OFF before  connecting or disconnecting the cable clamps    To avoid short circuits and damage to yourself or the  vehicle  never place metal tools or jumper cables on the  battery or nearby  Metal that accidentally comes in con   tact with the positive battery terminal or any other metal  on the vehicle  that is in contact with the positive termi   nal   could cause a short circuit or an explosion     Charging Reminders    Use protective eyewear    Keep all batteries away from children    Never reverse battery poles    Never attempt to place the vehicle in motion  or run the  engine with batteries disconnected    Keep the battery clean and dry    Look for any signs of damage     distilled water  It could come in contact with a  terminal  creating a short circuit  resulting in  death  severe personal injury or damage to your  vehicle     1 WARNING  Never use a metallic funnel to add        225      Electrical System    WARNING  Always shield your eyes and avoid     N leaning over the battery whenever possible         226      Electrolyte in batteries could splash up into your  eyes causing severe burns and or serious per   sonal injury   Battery terminals should not be coated with improper  grease  Use petroleum jelly or commercially available   noncorrosive  nonconductive terminal coatings   Battery acid that may spill during ch
21.   Replace Engine Coolant   a Manufacturer Specifications   Air Cleaner   Contaminant Accumulation  Air Cleaner Restriction         replace if greater than 20   Vacuator Valve   Operation  amp  Condition  Mounting Bolts  Leaks  Interference  Engine Oil Level Daily Inspection Required  Power Steering     Reservoir Level  Power Steering Fluid     Replace vel orate Year     60 000 Mile  C2       Drive Belt Condition and Adjustment       Air Conditioner Compressor Mounting       Cold Start Aids       Governor and Pump Security Seals OK       High Idle  rpm       Emergency Shutdown          Vibration Damper Condition          Y53 6027          Medium Duty  R05 09        Preventive Maintenance    Table2 Maintenance Schedule    Maintenance Schedule and Lubrication                                                                                  Medium Duty  R05 09                 INTERVAL COMMENTS  gE Eb EE  OPERATION   FREQUENCY s s S s S S  oo oo 2o  ro   2x83  Drain Water from Fuel System  Engine Oil   Change enaine ca T o  Oil Filters   Replace  Fuel Filters   Replace  Engine Tune up C2  Cranking System   Visual Inspect  Loose Connections  Starter Draw  volts  Alternator Charging System   Visual Inspection Loose Connections  Output Voltage  volts  UNDER VEHICLE A B C  Steering Components     Condition   Steering Gear  Steering Shaft Splines and Joint s   Pitman Arm  Drag Link  Steering Arms  Tie Rod Arms  Tie Rod Ends  Radius Rods   Torque Arms  Chassis Frame     Cracks or Breaks 
22.   Y53 6027    Consumer Information and Vehicle Identification    Incomplete Vehicle Certification Label    The Incomplete Vehicle Certification Label  for trucks  is  located on the driver s door frame  It contains the following  information       DATE OF MANUFACTURE    VIN     Vehicle Identification Number      LISTING OF APPLICABLE FEDERAL MOTOR VEHI   CLE SAFETY STANDARDS    Noise Emission Label    The Noise Emission Label is in the map compartment  It con   tains information regarding U S  noise emission regulations  and date of manufacture     Paint Data Label    The Paint Data Label contains the paint colors used by the  factory to paint your vehicle  It lists frame  wheels  cab inte   rior and exterior colors  This label is located in the map com   partment         267        Consumer Information and Vehicle Identification    Federal Safety Standard Certification Label    The NHTSA regulations require a label certifying compliance  with Federal Safety Standard  for United States and U S  Ter   ritories  be affixed to each motor vehicle and prescribe where  such label may be located  This certification label  which indi   cates the date of manufacture and other pertinent informa   tion  is located on the driver s side door frame     Component Identification    Each of the major components on your vehicle has an identi   fication label or tag  For easy reference  record component  numbers such as  model  serial  and assembly number  See  the  Vehicle Component Register  
23.   either a Tilt or a Tilt Telescoping steering column       The tilt feature allows forward and rearward move   ment of the wheel      The telescoping feature allows you to move the wheel  up and down     To activate these features  locate the Tilt Telescoping han   dle on the left side of the steering column     To adjust the steering wheel  PULL and HOLD the handle   Push or pull the wheel to the desired height and angle   then RELEASE the handle to lock the wheel at the correct  position     WARNING  Make all adjustments to the steer    AN ing mechanism while the vehicle is stopped   Adjusting the Tilt Telescoping Steering Wheel  while the vehicle is in motion could cause  loss of control  You wouldn t be able to steer  properly and could have an accident resulting  in death or personal injury         50     Y53 6027    CONTROLS AND DISPLAY       Dash  And Door Mounted Features  Ignition Switch  Your ignition switch has four  unmarked  positions       ACC  Accessory   With your key in this position you  can play the radio or use other accessories  but your  engine won t start     Medium Duty  R05 09     CONTROLS AND DISPLAY      OFF In this position all systems are off  and you can    remove your key       IGN  amp  ACC This position allows you to turn on the  engine and all accessory power     START Starter activation to start engine           OFF    ACC ONLY l    IGN  amp  ACC      START          Hazard Flasher    The four way Emergency Flasher switch is located to the  
24.   intermittent  windshield wiper system  A seven position rotary wiper  switch  located on the turn signal lever  operates the wind   shield wipers and washer  see next illustration   Rotate  the end of the turn signal lever to change the wiper mode     NOTE  The ignition key must be turned to ON or  LI ACC for the wiper washer switches to operate     The first position after OFF is the intermittent  1 cycle   The next positions are intermittent  2   3  and  4  The last  two positions are wiper low speed and wiper high speed     Medium Duty  R05 09     Y53 6027    OPTIONAL GAUGES    See the wiper switch settings table that follows for inter   mittent delay times     WARNING  Clean blades regularly with a   AN damp cloth to remove road film and wax build   up  Do not drive with worn or dirty wiper  blades  They can reduce visibility  making  driving hazardous which may lead to an injury  accident resulting in death or personal injury     CAUTION   A    Do not use antifreeze or engine coolant in    the windshield washer reservoir   damage to  seals and other components will result     If the electric pump is operated for a long  period  more than 15 seconds  with a dry res   ervoir  the pump motor may be damaged     To Wash The Windshield    Push the rotary wash wipe knob in  towards steering col   umn   hold for more than 0 8 seconds and then release   Hold the knob in to extend the washing cycle  After the  lever is released  the wipers will shut off automatically or  resume 
25.   on page 19 for more detail for the  MCS     The bullets in the Menu Bar allow access to each item by  pushing the MCS when the desired bullet is highlighted        Menu Bar        32  Y53 6027 Medium Duty  R05 09     CONTROLS AND DISPLAYS    In addition to a blank screen  the following are menu items  and the information available within each menu selec   tions     NOTE  Some Driver Information Display functions  are only accessible when the vehicle is parked   Other functions are accessible while the vehicle is  moving or when parked  Each function is identified  in the following descriptions     A  Fuel Economy  Accessible while parked or  driving        Current Econ   0 00 mpg      Trip Econ   0 00 mpg       1  Current fuel economy   Indicates instanta   neous fuel economy     2  Trip fuel economy   Indicates trip fuel econ   omy     Medium Duty  R05 09  Y53 6027    INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS      RPM Detail  Accessible while parked or driving            gt                                      RPM reading of actual engine RPM  Engine RPM  within the bar graph indicates the engine is operat   ing in the most efficient RPM range  The display  color will change if you are operating outside of this  range       Ignition Timer  Accessible while parked only     m  Ign Timer  Omin    15 30                       Ignition timer is set from this menu  The ignition  timer may be set for up to 30 minutes        33        34        D  Trip Information    NOTE  When accessing the trip i
26.  09  Y53 6027    o      39  Turn Signal  Left    Blinks when the left turn signal or the hazard  light function is operating     40  Turn Signal  Right    Blinks when the right turn signal or the haz   ard light function is operating     41  Voltage    Illuminates when transmission lubricant tem   perature is too high The information display  will provide the current oil temperature when  the icon is illuminated     as  Voltage  12 6 Volts       31     INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS    Driver Information Display    Information Display       tion Display for prolonged periods while the  vehicle is moving  Only glance at the monitor  briefly while driving  Failure to do so can  result in the driver not being attentive to the  vehicle s road position  which could lead to an  accident and possible death or personal injury  or equipment damage     j WARNING  Do not look at the Driver Informa     The Driver Information Display  located at the top of the  instrument cluster  displays important vehicle information  through a constant monitoring of systems when any of the  following conditions are met       ignition key in ON or ACC positions    CONTROLS AND DISPLAYS      ignition timer is active      MCS button is pushed  independent of ignition key  switch position       clock alarm sounds    driver or passenger door is opened    hazard warning lamp switch is on    The various functions may be accessed by navigating  through Menu Screens using the MCS  Refer to  Menu  Control Switch  MCS 
27.  CAUTION  Do not spray the suspension with  A  chemical products or mineral oil  it can cause    f WARNING  Failure to maintain the specified    damage to the bushings     NOTE  Failure to follow these recommendations  could void warranty  See the    Medium Duty Mainte   nance Manual    for further information on servicing  the rear suspension     Visual Inspection    For all vehicles  mandatory maintenance procedures include  retightening of U   bolts and complete inspection  However   even with proper maintenance  many factors affect the ser   vice life of springs and suspension components  such as   fatigue  vehicle gross weight  type of load  road conditions  and vehicle speed        249        Rear Axle and Suspension    It is important that U   bolts remain tight  Severe use of your  vehicle can cause them to loosen faster  But all vehicles need  to have their U bolts checked and tightened regularly  Be  sure someone with the proper training and the right tools  checks and tightens the U bolts on your Medium Duty vehi   cle     New springs  settle in  after the vehicle s initial service  caus   ing the U bolts to become loose  After the first 500 miles   800 km  of operation  inspect the suspension periodically  as  noted below       Visually check for loose or missing fasteners  cracks in  hanger or axle connection brackets      Check that springs are centered in hangers and in good  condition      Check for cracks  wear marks  splits  or other defects on  the surface 
28.  IN     3  Hold the Red knob IN by hand until the trailer air pres     or service brakes to park and hold an unat  sure builds to a pre set level  about 45 psi  At this  tended vehicle   use the parking brakes  point it will remain in  charging the trailer system and  Because service brakes work with air pres  releasing only the trailer brakes    sure  these brakes could slowly release  Your     4 The Yellow knob will remain OUT  tractor brakes ON    vehicle could roll  causing a serious acci   dent  Someone could be hurt or killed  Never  rely on the service brakes to hold a parked  vehicle    The Yellow knob  system park  may now be pushed    Tractor and Trailer Air Supply Valve IN  which will supply air to the tractor spring brakes   releasing them     i WARNING  Do not use the trailer hand brake    Normal Run Position    inal enarge   With both knobs pushed IN  air is now being supplied  The red octagon knob controls the air supply to the trailer  to both the trailer and the tractor spring brakes  all  With the system completely discharged  both the Red brakes are released      trailer air supply  and the Yellow  parking brake  knobs  are OUT  thus  tractor and the trailer parking  spring   brakes are applied       108     Y53 6027 Medium Duty  R05 09     STARTING AND OPERATING THE VEHICLE    The parking brakes act on the rear wheels only  They are  spring applied  with air pressure used to release them   Release air is supplied by both the front and rear circuit  reservo
29.  MCS   The MCS is used to navigate the Driver Information Dis     play unit  The Menu Control Switch is located on the D  Panel as shown in the illustration below     e   Rotate knob to scroll      Push knob to select  Enter     The MCS has the following functions     INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS      Rotating the MSC      Selecting display      Setting values    Pushing the MSC      Confirming desired selection    Standard Warning Lights and Audible Alarm    The warning lights and audible alarm may indicate a sys   tem malfunction  Check the lights safely and frequently   and respond properly as soon as you see one go on   These lights could save you from a serious accident     audbile alarm  These signals tell you some   thing is wrong with your vehicle  It could be a  failure in an important system  such as the  brakes  which could lead to an accident caus   ing death or injury  Have the appropriate sys   tem checked immediately     f WARNING  Do not ignore a warning light or    Medium Duty  R05 09  Y53 6027    19     INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS                1  Driver Information Display 2  Status Indicator    3  Lower Light Bar    Warning lights and indicator symbols will be shown in both  areas 1 and 2  Area 3 is dedicated to the turn and high  beam indicator symbols     1  Driver Information Display     The display can show up to six warning lights  Warnings  do not have fixed positions and are displayed in order of     20  Y53 6027    1    CONTROLS AND DISPLAYS    criticali
30.  Peterbilt Motors  Company     To contact NHTSA  you may either call the Auto Safety Hot   line toll free at 1 800   424   9393  366 0123 in Washington   D C   or write to  Administrator  NHTSA  400 Seventh Street   S W   Washington  D C  20590  You can also get other infor   mation about auto safety from the Hotline     Medium Duty  R05 09     Y53 6027    Consumer Information and Vehicle Identification    Canadian Consumer Information    Canadian customers who wish to report a safety related  defect to Transport Canada  Defect Investigations and  Recalls  may telephone the toll free hotline 1 680 333 0510   or cantact Transport Canada by mail at    Transport Canada  ASFAD   Place de Ville Tower C   330 Sparks Street   Ottawa ON KIA ON5  For additional road safety information  please visit the Road  Safety website at  http   www tc gc ca roadsafety menu htm    California Proposition 65 Warning    Diesel engine exhaust and some of its constituents are  known to the State of California to cause cancer  birth  defects  and other reproductive harm  Other chemicals in this  vehicle are also known to the State of California to cause  cancer  birth defects or other reproductive harm  Battery  posts  terminals  and related accessories contain lead and  lead compounds  chemicals known to the State of California  to cause cancer and reproductive harm  Wash hands after  handling         263      Consumer Information and Vehicle Identification    Preventive Maintenance    Vehicle Identif
31.  R05 09     STARTING AND OPERATING THE VEHICLE    ure or damage to the clutch and transmission and  overloads the brake system     Coasting with the transmission in neutral also prevents  proper transmission component lubrication  During coast   ing the transmission is driven by the rear wheels  and the  countershaft gear  which lubricates the transmission com   ponents by oil splash  will only be turning at idle speed     Descending a Grade    WARNING  Do not hold the brake pedal down   AN too long or too often while going down a steep  or long grade  This could cause the brakes to  overheat and reduce their effectiveness  As a  result  the vehicle will not slow down at the  usual rate  To reduce the risk of an accident  which could cause death or personal injury   before going down a steep or long grade  reduce  speed and shift the transmission into a lower  gear to help control your vehicle speed  Failure  to follow procedures for proper downhill opera   tion could result in loss of vehicle control     Medium Duty  R05 09     Y53 6027    DRIVING TIPS AND TECHNIQUES    Engine Overspeed    the engine rpm go beyond the maximum gov   erned rpm   valve damage could result if over   speed conditions occur       CAUTION  To avoid engine damage  do not let    NOTE  Often these recommendations are sec   ondary to maintaining an adequate and safe  speed relative to the surrounding traffic and road  conditions     I    Operate the engine within the optimum engine rpm range  and do no
32.  Spring Shackles and Hanger Brackets No Service Required  Spring Pins No Service Required  Y53 6027        161     Maintenance Schedule and Lubrication      162     Table2 Maintenance Schedule    Preventive Maintenance          King Pin Wear    INTERVAL COMMENTS  gElgE EE  OPERATION   FREQUENCY 898 9888    00o0 9o o9o  NAN woo   e   do    N OD       Steer Axle Wheel Bearing   End Play Adjustment  and Inspection    350 000 Miles With LMS Outer Ends    No Leak     No Service       Front Hub Lubricant Level       Spring Leaves       U Bolt and Suspension Fastener Torque    Tighten U bolts after the first 500 miles   800 km   Rear suspension fasteners   retorque after first 2 000 miles  3218 km         Leaks        Coolant       Engine Oil       Power Steering       Fuel       Transmission       Axles       Inner and Outer Hub Seals       Engine and Transmission Mounts       Drivelines     U joints and Slip Yokes       Rear Axle Lubricant Level       Rear Axle Lubricant Flush  amp  Refill    C4    At 250 000 Miles       Rear Axle Breathers     Clear       Tractor Protection Valve Breakaway Test       Brake Chamber Mounting Bolt Torque       Brake Hoses for Cracks and Chafing             Adjust Brakes             Y53 6027       Medium Duty  R05 09     Preventive Maintenance Maintenance Schedule and Lubrication    Table2 Maintenance Schedule                                                                                              INTERVAL COMMENTS  gEE Eb EE  OPERATION   FREQUEN
33.  This could lead to  death or greater injuries for you  Tether belts  should be adjusted so that they are taut  when the seat is in its most upward and for   ward position     1 WARNING  Failure to adjust tether belts    6  Iftethers are used  be sure they are properly attached to  the seat and  if adjustable  that they are adjusted in  accordance with installation instructions  Tethers must  also be inspected for web wear and proper tightness of  mounting hardware     Medium Duty  R05 09     Y53 6027    Cab Maintenance    7  Mounting hardware should be evaluated for corrosion   and for tightness of bolts and nuts    8  Check web in areas exposed to ultraviolet rays from the  sun  If the color of the web in these areas is gray to light  brown  the physical strength of the web may have deteri   orated due to exposure to the sun s ultraviolet rays   Replace the system     Once the need for replacement of the seat belt has been  determined  be certain it is only replaced with an authorized  PACCAR Parts replacement seat belt     If the inspection indicates that any part of the seat belt sys   tem requires replacement  the entire system must be  replaced  An installation guide is attached to every replace   ment belt  Utilize the proper guide for your type of seat  and  follow the instructions very closely  It is vitally important that  all components be reinstalled in the same position as the  original components that were removed and that the fasten   ers be torqued to specific
34.  VIN  DATE MED SRD  GAWN TYPE VEH  TRUCK TRACTOR  GVWR 41H GAWR LABEL NO  22 00709 REV  H                                           COMPLETE VEHICLE CERTIFICATION LABEL     SAMPLE        266   Y53 6027 Medium Duty  R05 09     Preventive Maintenance    ing  Overloading can result in loss of vehicle  control and an accident involving death or per   sonal injury  either by causing component fail   ures or by affecting vehicle handling  Exceeding  load ratings can also shorten the service life of  the vehicle     NOTE  GVW is the TOTAL SCALE WEIGHT the  vehicle is designed to carry  This includes the weight  of the empty vehicle  loading platform  occupants   fuel  and any load     f WARNING  Do not exceed the specified load rat     The tire size and rim size  and the cold inflation pressure to  match that combination  listed under    Suitable Tire Rim  Choice    on the Certification Label are only representative  examples for the specified axle ratings  These components  may not be the ones actually installed on the axle  because  there are many other appropriate combinations     The    PSI Cold    inflation pressure on the Certification Label is  for the tire rim combination in the example  and may not be  the same as the recommended inflation pressure for the  actual tires on that axle     Check the manufacturer s product information for the tires  and rims actually on each axle to obtain recommended tire  inflation pressure for specific applications     Medium Duty  R05 09   
35.  a  bystander or passenger  as well as extensive  vehicle damage  including tire  transmission  and or rear axle malfunction     If the vehicle gets stuck in sand  mud  snow  or ice       Move the gearshift lever or selector from First to   Reverse    Apply light pressure on the accelerator pedal while   the transmission is in gear      Remove your foot from the accelerator while shifting      Do not race the engine      For best traction and safety  avoid spinning the  wheels        144  Y53 6027 Medium Duty  R05 09     STARTING AND OPERATING THE VEHICLE    Comply with the following instructions to avoid transmis   sion damage       Always start the vehicle in motion with the shift lever in  first gear      Be sure that the transmission is fully engaged in gear   before releasing the clutch pedal  manual only     Do not shift into reverse while the vehicle is moving      Do not permit the vehicle to be towed for long dis   tances without removing the driveshaft     VEHICLE RECOVERY AND SPRING BRAKES    Tire Chains    If you need tire chains  install them on both sides of the  driving axle     CAUTION  Chains on the tires of only one tan    A dem axle can damage the driveline U joints  and the interaxle differential  Repairs could be  costly and time consuming     Medium Duty  R05 09  Y53 6027     145     SHUT DOWN    STARTING AND OPERATING THE VEHICLE    or service brakes to park and hold an unat     Shut Down f WARNING  Do not use the trailer hand brake    Introduction    A
36.  able to repair it    Check the heater core for debris blocking the air flow  If  the blower and air controls are functioning properly  yet  the heater is not operating properly  the heater core or  the hot water valves may be clogged or closed  Clean  the heater core if necessary  If the condition persists   take the vehicle to a Peterbilt Dealer for proper heater  Service or repair     Medium Duty  R05 09     Preventive Maintenance    blow hot air onto cold windshields  This could  crack the glass  Turn the air direction lever to  Defrost and reduce the fan speed while the  engine warms  If the engine is already warm   move the temperature selector to Cool  then  gradually increase the temperature when you  see that the windshield is starting to warm up       CAUTION  During extreme cold weather  do not    Air Conditioner    pressure  If not handled properly during servic   ing  it could explode  causing death  injury to  you or damage your vehicle  Any servicing that  requires depressurizing and recharging the air  conditioning system must be conducted by a  qualified technician with the right facilities to do  the job     1 WARNING  The air conditioning system is under      Check the compressor and drive clutch for noise and  vibration  If you find problems  have the system checked  thoroughly  A malfunctioning clutch usually indicates  trouble elsewhere in the system      Check the evaporator core and condenser core for  debris restricting air flow  Clean if necessary  S
37.  also shorten the service life  of the vehicle       WARNING  Do not exceed the specified load    e The components of your vehicle are  designed to provide satisfactory service if  the vehicle is not loaded in excess of either  the gross vehicle weight rating  GVWR   or  the maximum front and rear gross axle  weight ratings  GAWRs    Axle weight rat   ings are listed on the driver s door edge      Here are some definitions of weight you should know     GVWR  is the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating  This is the  MAXIMUM WEIGHT your vehicle is allowed to carry   including the weight of the empty vehicle  loading plat   form  occupants  fuel  and any load  Never exceed the  GVWR of your vehicle     GCW  is the actual combined weight  or Gross Combina   tion Weight  GCW   of your vehicle and its load  tractor   plus trailer s   plus cargo     Medium Duty  R05 09     DRIVER S CHECK LIST    GAWR  is the Gross Axle Weight Rating  This is the total  weight that one axle is designed to transmit to the ground   You will find this number listed on the driver s door edge     Load Distribution  be sure any load you carry is distrib   uted so that no axle has to support more than its GAWR     load too heavy over one axle can affect the  braking and handling of your vehicle  which  could result in an accident causing death or  personal injury  Even if your load is under the  legal limits  be sure it is distributed evenly     Emergency Equipment    j WARNING  An unevenly distributed load or a    
38.  at all  times while the engine is running     If work has to be done with the engine running   always  1  set the parking brake   2  chock the  wheels  and  3  ensure that the shift lever or  selector is in Neutral     Exercise extreme caution to prevent neckties   jewelry  long hair  or loose clothing from getting  caught in the fan blades or any other moving  engine parts     Medium Duty  R05 09     Preventive Maintenance    Disconnect the battery ground strap whenever  you work on the fuel system or the electrical  system  When you work around fuel  do not  smoke or work near heaters or other fire hazard   Keep an approved fire extinguisher handy    Always support the vehicle with appropriate  safety stands if it is necessary to work under   neath the vehicle  A jack is not adequate for this  purpose    When working underneath the vehicle without  appropriate safety stands but with the wheels on  the ground  not supported   make sure that  1   the vehicle is on hard level ground   2  the park   ing brake is applied   3  all wheels are chocked   front and rear  and  4  the engine cannot be  started  Remove the ignition key     Never start or let the engine run in an enclosed   unventilated area  Exhaust fumes from the  engine contain carbon monoxide  a colorless  and odorless gas  Carbon monoxide can be fatal  if inhaled     WARNING  Wear protective clothing when   N handling hydraulic fluid  It is mildly toxic and  can cause skin and eye irritation     Medium Duty  R05 09
39.  be enhanced by you   the  safe driver   who       knows and understands how to operate the vehicle  and all its controls     maintains the vehicle properly     uses driving skills wisely    For more information  refer to Department of Transporta   tion Regulation 392 7  which states that interstate com   mercial motor vehicles are not to be driven unless the  driver is sure that certain parts and accessories are in  working order        83        reflexes  perceptions  and judgment can be  affected by even a small amount of alcohol   You could have a serious   even fatal   acci   dent if you drive after drinking  Please do not  drink and drive or ride with a driver who s  been drinking     f WARNING  Do not drink and drive  Your       The use of alcohol  drugs  and certain med   ications will seriously impair perception   reactions  and driving ability  These circum   stances can substantially increase the risk  of an accident and death or serious per   sonal injury     Vehicle Loading    Compare your vehicle s load capacity with the total load  you are carrying  If adjustments need to be made  make  them   do not drive an overloaded vehicle  If you are over   loaded or your load has shifted  your vehicle may be  unsafe to drive        84       Y53 6027    DRIVER S CHECK LIST    rating  Overloading can result in loss of vehi   cle control and death or serious personal  injury  either by causing component failures  or by affecting vehicle handling  Exceeding  load ratings can
40.  check to be certain  the oil pressure gauge reads normal  Increase the  engine speed to about 1100   1200 RPM  maximum   Return the idle speed to normal after 2 or 3 minutes  If  the warning light does not go off or the temperature  gauge does not begin to drop  then turn the engine    off    If the overheating came from severe operating condi   tions  the temperature should have cooled by this  time  If it has not  stop the engine and let it cool before    checking to see if the coolant is low           42    Y53 6027                            WARNING  Do not remove a fuel tank cap near  an open flame  Hot fuel vapors are combusti   ble and can cause an explosion or fire result   ing in death  injury or property damage     CAUTION  Use Ultra Low Sulfur Diesel fuel only   Failure to do so may damage components of the  engine and Diesel Particulate Filter  DPF      Medium Duty  R05 09     CONTROLS AND DISPLAY    mate amount of fuel in the fuel tanks  Besides  empty and full  the gauge also indicates 1 4  1 2   and 3 4 of total capacity  You will want to keep  your fuel tanks at least half full to reduce con   densation of moisture in the tanks  This mois   ture can damage your engine     Diesel Exhaust Fluid  DEF  Gauge    CAUTION  The fuel gauge shows the approxi        The deisel exhaust fluid gauge shows the approximate  amount of DEF fluid in the DEF tank  Besides empty and  full  the gauge also indicates 1 4  1 2  and 3 4 of total    Medium Duty  R05 09     Y53 6027    
41.  cr     a 7  te 4a        L3 su         SUE a eo LI prs tee  gt      sn  5       T  5         J o   o    n    LELI           w     we PE               5       RIDE HEIGHT          Ride Height Measurement  Location for Tandem Axles Shown        Proprietary Rear Ride Height  inches  mm             Air Suspension Single Drive Tandem Drive  Air Trac 11 00  279  11 00  279   Low Air Leaf 6 50  165  8 50  216                        These values are for a fully laden vehicle          Follow this procedure to temporarily set ride height       134     Y53 6027    STARTING AND OPERATING THE VEHICLE    and damage to property  ensure that a vehicle  is parked and the wheels chocked before  beginning this procedure       WARNING  To prevent possible death  injury    enable you to safely reach the nearest autho   rized Peterbilt repair facility to have ride  height and pinion angle reset using the proper  equipment and technique  Do this as soon as  possible to avoid potential driveline damage     A CAUTION  Completing this procedure will    NOTE  Suitable wheel chocks are at a minimum  LI an 18 inch  46 cm  long 4x4     1  Ensure that the air supply and delivery plumbing of  the height control valve is consistent with the illustra   tion     height control valve bracket will be slotted to per     H NOTE  At least one of the mounting holes in the  mit rotating the valve     NOTE  On dual valve systems  begin with the LH  n valve on the next step     2  Loosen the fasteners mounting a heigh
42.  each type of  mounting     The following comparison  Table 8   Comparing Hub   piloted and Ball seat Wheels    shows the difference  between parts used in hub pilot mount and ball seat mount  applications     Medium Duty  R05 09     Preventive Maintenance    Table 8 Comparing Hub piloted and Ball seat Wheels    Tires and Wheels       HUB PILOTED MOUNT                00187    BALL SEAT MOUNT       00203       Hub  Drum  and    Stud Assembly       Hub piloted mountings use M22 x 1 5 metric threads  about 7 8 in   diameter   The stud stands out at least 1 94 in  beyond the brake drum   All studs are right hand threads  Pilot bosses  machined surfaces  on  the hub  fit tightly to the wheel center bore     Ball seat  stud piloted  mountings use 3 4x16 or 1 1 8x16 threads  The  dual mounting studs provide 1 30 in     1 44 in  standout  Right hand  and left hand threads are required  Inner and outer wheel nuts center  the wheels by seating against wheel ball seats        Wheels       Hub piloted wheels have stud holes reamed straight through  no ball  seats   Center bore diameter is 8 21 32 in     Ball seat wheels have spherical chamfers machined on each stud hole   Center bore diameter is 8 23 32 in        Whee      Nuts       Hub piloted wheel nuts have a hex body and a flange for clamping  against wheel face  Hex size is 1 5 16 in   33 mm      Ball seat inner and outer wheel nuts mate with spherical chamfers on  wheels  The inner nut has 13 16 in  square end  The outer nut has a
43.  engine manual will give normal operating pres   sures for your engine     with insufficient oil pressure will cause serious    CAUTION  Continuing to operate your vehicle  A engine damage       If your oil pressure fails to rise within 10 seconds after  your engine starts  stop the engine and determine the  cause                 The water temperature gauge shows the temperature of  the engine coolant  Under normal operating conditions the       40  Y53 6027 Medium Duty  R05 09     CONTROLS AND DISPLAY    water temperature gauge should register between 165   and 205  F  74  and 90  C   Under certain conditions   somewhat higher temperatures may be acceptable  But  the maximum allowable temperature is 210  F  99  C  with  the cooling system pressurized  except for certain special  engines  Check your engine manual to be sure     Engine Overheating    WARNING  Stop the vehicle in a safe location   AN if the engine temperature gauge indicates an  overheating situation  Failure to park the vehi   cle in a safe location may result in death  per   sonal injury or property damage     Wait until the coolant temperature is below 122   F  50  C    Protect your face  hands  and arms by covering the cap  with a large  thick rag to protect you against escaping fluid  and steam  Before you completely remove the cap  care   fully and slowly turn the cap part way to allow excess  pressure to escape  Then push down and turn for final  removal     The cooling system may overheat if the coolant
44.  fastened  chest and lap   Riding without a safety belt which is properly  fastened can lead to increased death or injury  in an accident  Unbelted riders could be  thrown into the windshield or other parts of  the cab or could be thrown out of the cab   They could strike another person  Injuries can  be much worse when riders are unbelted   Always fasten your seat belt and be sure any   one riding with you does the same     f WARNING  Do not drive vehicle without your 2  Pull the belt in a continuous slow motion across your       Lap Shoulder Belt  The combination lap shoulder belt is equipped with a lock  TM  ing mechanism  The system adjusts automatically to a  ibt Md 3  Insert the belt tongue into the buckle on the inboard  belt is slow    side of the seat                 Hard braking or a collision locks the belt  The belt will also 4  lock when driving up or down a steep hill or in a sharp  curve       Push down until the tongue locks securely  with an  audible click   Pull on the belt to check for proper fas     tening   To fasten the belt    Pull the shoulder section to make sure the belt fits  snugly across the chest   TostorapitneDell tongue    The shoulder belt must be positioned over the shoul     der   it must never rest against the neck          76  Y53 6027 Medium Duty  R05 09     SEATS      Belts should fit snugly across the pelvis and chest  Proper Safety Belt Adjustment  Mak lack i d the retractor   T  duce eg pe eee  MIRO  RE Your combination lap shoulder b
45.  last page of this manual         Engine  For further information  please refer to the Engine  Operation and Maintenance Manual     Clutch  Enclosed in clutch housing  Location depends on  manufacturer         268      Y53 6027    Preventive Maintenance    Transmission  For both manual and automatic transmis   sions  the identification number is stamped on a tag affixed to  the right rear side of the transmission case     Steer Axle  The front axle serial number is stamped on a  plate located on the center of the axle beam     Drive Axles  The drive axle numbering system includes  three labels or stamps     1  Axle Specification Number  usually stamped on the right  rear side of the axle housing  This number identifies the  complete axle    2  Axle Housing Number Tag  usually located on the left for   ward side of the housing arm  This tag identifies the axle  housing    3  Axle Differential Carrier Identification  usually located on  the top side of the differential carrier  The following infor   mation is either stamped  or marked with a metal tag   Model No   Production Assembly No   Serial No   Gear  Ratio  and Part Number     Medium Duty  R05 09     A    Accessories 72  Air conditioner 217  refrigerant 151  Air Dryer 200  Air filter 202  Air horns 49  Air intake 201  257  Air leaks 199  Air pressure gauge 198  Air suspension  deflated air spring 137  switch  operation 133  Air tanks 87  119  147  Alternator precautions 227  Anti lock brakes 112  115  125  Automatic trans
46.  level is  below normal or if there is a sudden loss of coolant  such  as a worn hose splitting   It may also temporarily overheat    Medium Duty  R05 09     Y53 6027    STANDARD GAUGES    during severe operating conditions such as climbing a  long hill on a hot day or stopping after high speed driving     A    WARNING  Do not remove the radiator fill cap  while the engine is hot  Scalding steam and  fluid under pressure may escape and cause  death or serious personal injuries  You could  be badly burned        Wait until the coolant temperature is below  122 F  50  C         Protect face  hands  and arms by covering  the cap with a large  thick rag to protect  against escaping fluid and steam     e Carefully and slowly turn the cap one quar   ter of a turn or until it reaches the first stop     allowing excess pressure to escape   push  down and turn for final removal     If the    Engine Coolant Temperature    warning light comes  on  or you have any other reason to suspect the engine  may be overheating       Stop the vehicle  but DO NOT TURN OFF THE  ENGINE unless a low water warning device indicates  a loss of coolant        41     STANDARD GAUGES    is overheating and the low coolant alarm is not    CONTROLS AND DISPLAY    l CAUTION  Keep the engine running if the engine Fuel Gauge    on  Allowing the engine to run with coolant in  the system will help protect the engine from  overheating whick will reduce the damage to the  engine      With the transmission in neutral 
47.  of engine braking   Coasting  is illegal  and  also VERY dangerous     Anti Lock Braking System    This vehicle is equipped with an Anti Lock Braking Sys   tem  ABS   ABS reduces the likelihood of a wheel locking   If a wheel is about to lock during braking  the ABS will    Medium Duty  R05 09     Y53 6027    USING THE BRAKE SYSTEM    automatically adjust hydraulic pressure to the brake cali   pers on the appropriate wheel s  to prevent wheel lock up   The ABS is automatically activated when the ignition  switch is turned on     light line may be constantly powered for ABS   Make sure it will not accidently turn on trailer  equipment        CAUTION  The center pin of the 7 way trailer    ABS Warning Lamp    The ABS warning lamp will come on briefly  then go off   when the key switch is first turned on  If the lamp remains  ON until a speed of 4 mph  6 km h  is reached  then goes  OFF  there may be a stored fault code  If the lamp  remains ON when a speed in excess of 4 mph  6 km h  is  reached  there may be an active fault in the ABS system     illuminate when the ignition is first turned on   there is a problem with the bulb or wiring  You  should have this checked as soon as possible        CAUTION  If the ABS warning light does not    495     USING THE BRAKE SYSTEM    A    WARNING  No indication will be given via the  dashboard warning lights or buzzer if tires of  the wrong size are installed on your vehicle   The Anti Lock Brake System  ABS  is cali   brated for the spe
48.  oil into  the turbocharger oil inlet port  This will keep the  turbocharger bearings lubricated until the  engine oil pressure gets up to normal     n NOTE  When any one of the following is true  oil      Insert key into the ignition switch       Disable  or turn OFF  the following systems prior to    starting the engine  the exhaust brake  the dual speed  rear axle  put in LOW   and block heater  if equipped        Disengage the transmission  place the shift lever in    the Neutral position       Disengage  depress  the clutch  with manual trans     mission        Turn the ignition switch to the IGN  amp  ACC position  For    normal temperatures  no accelerator advance is nec   essary  See  Use of Accelerator  below  If the  WAIT    Medium Duty  R05 09     STARTING AND OPERATING THE VEHICLE    TO START    indicator lamp turns ON  wait until the CAUTION  To help avoid overtaxing the starter  indicator lamp goes OFF  approximately 60 seconds  motor or batteries  or causing engine damage   before attempting to start the engine   For each follow the recommendations listed below   engine and ambient temperatures  warm up cycles   Do not engage starter for more than 30 seconds at a  will vary   time   7  Turn the ignition switch to the IGN  amp  START position   Wait two minutes between each attempt to start the  to engage the starter  Crank the engine until it starts  engine  This allows the starter motor to cool and time  If the engine does not start within 30 seconds  release 
49.  operate the signal  move the lever in the direction of the  turn  Each time the turn indicator is activated the audbile  alarm emits a short beep                 High Beam Headlamps  NOTE  The headlamps must be  ON  for the high    LI beam switch to operate        46        Y53 6027    CONTROLS AND DISPLAY      To switch your headlamps to lower or higher beam   gently pull the turn signal lever towards the steering  wheel  until you hear the switch click and the beam  changes  The blue indicator light in the instrument  panel will be ON when the high beam is being used       To return to previous beam  pull the lever towards the  steering wheel again     Headlamp Flash    To activate headlamp flash  gently push the turn signal  lever away from the steering wheel until you hear and feel  the switch click  Release lever to deactivate      If your headlamps are off  low beams will flash on       If your headlamps are on  they will dim  Maximum  duration of dimming is 3 seconds  When the function  ends  your headlamps will return to low beams     ID And Clearance Lights Flash    To flash  press the button on the end of the turn signal  lever and hold  To cancel the flash  release the button     Medium Duty  R05 09     CONTROLS AND DISPLAY    Press In For Washer Pump  Rotate To Change Wiper Mode       Press Button For ID and Clearance Lights Flash    If your ID and clearance lights are on  they will flash off   Windshield Wipers Washer    Your vehicle is equipped with a two speed
50.  parking brake could cause damage to the drive   line  transmission  or the parking brake mecha   nism itself        CAUTION  Unless it is an emergency  do not pull    Using the Parking Brake    1  Come to a complete stop    2  Apply the parking brake  Pull upward on the parking  brake lever until it reaches an over  top  center posi   tion   The PARK light on the dash will come on      NOTE  Ensure the lever is over center  The light  il will come on prior to brake being fully applied     Medium Duty  R05 09  Y53 6027    DASH  AND DOOR MOUNTED FEATURES    q     PARKING BRAKE LEVER       65     HEATER AIR CONDITIONING CONTROLS    Heater Air Conditioning Controls    Your heat and air conditioning controls are mounted in the   D  instrument panel in conventional models  Additionally   the sleeper compartment may also contain a separate  heating and cooling system with separate controls     AN       66        WARNING  Exhaust fumes from the engine  contain carbon monoxide  a colorless and  odorless gas  Do not breathe the engine  exhaust gas  A poorly maintained  damaged  or  corroded exhaust system can allow carbon  monoxide to enter the cab or sleeper  Entry of  carbon monoxide into the cab is also possible  from other vehicles nearby  Failure to properly  maintain your vehicle could cause carbon  monoxide to enter the cab sleeper  causing  death  injury or serious illness     WARNING  Never idle your vehicle for pro   longed periods of time if you sense that  exhaust fumes ar
51.  pressure to apply the trailer    brakes only  It operates independently of the foot treadle    valve                    OPTIONAL GAUGES    WARNING  If you have these levers  they may be  close together on your steering wheel column   Exercise care to choose the appropriate lever   The BrakeSaver lever is located lower and closer  to the driver on the steering column  see page  59   Activating the trailer hand brake lever  instead of the BrakeSaver lever could lead to an  accident resulting in death or personal injury     See  Brake Safety and Emergency  on page 112 for more    complete information on when and how to use your trailer  brake  Or see the Index  under Brake    il  AN    To operate the trailer brake hand valve  Pull down on    the lever under the right side of the steering wheel     Medium Duty  R05 09     Y53 6027    NOTE  The trailer brake is not to be used as the  main means of braking  To use this brake fre   quently instead of using the foot brake will wear  out the trailer brake sooner     WARNING  Always apply the parking brakes  for parking or holding your vehicle on grade  It  is dangerous to use air applied trailer brakes  for parking or holding a vehicle  Air system  pressure can bleed down and release the  brakes  You could have a vehicle roll away  causing an accident resulting in death or per   sonal injury        49        DASH  AND DOOR MOUNTED FEATURES    Tilt  Telescoping Steering Column    Depending on your vehicle s configuration  you may have
52.  provides comfort for  those in the cab through accurate control of the cab environ   ment in all weather conditions  Regular attention to the items  below will help you keep the heater air conditioner unit run     ning well     AN     216     WARNING  Excessive heat may cause the pres   surized components of the air conditioning sys   tem to explode possibly causing death or  personal injury  Never weld  solder  steam clean   or use a blow torch near any part of the air con   ditioning system       Ifa refrigerant leak develops in the presence    of excessive heat or an open flame  hazard   ous gases may be generated  These gases  may cause unconsciousness or death  If you  become aware of a refrigerant leak on your  vehicle have your system service immedi   ately and observe the following precautions     Stay away from the hot engine until the  exhaust manifold has cooled     Preventive Maintenance      Do not permit any open flame in the area   Even a match or a cigarette lighter may gen   erate a hazardous quantity of poisonous  gas       Do not smoke in the area  Inhaling gaseous  refrigerant through a cigarette may cause  violent illness     Heater    Y53 6027    Check all heater controls for full range operation    Check hoses  connections  and heater core for condition  and leaks    Check the drain pan of the fresh air vent for trapped  water before assuming that there is a leak in the heating  System  If the heater core is leaking  a reliable radiator  shop should be
53.  rear  axle alignment checked and adjusted by a Peterbilt Dealer or  Authorized Service Center     Every 5 000 miles  8000 km  or 180 days  whichever occurs  first and thereafter  retorque all suspension fasteners to rec   ommended specifications  See the Fastener Torque Table for  proper torque specifications        0446A             peat eranc Dran Holm ane dta em Load the vehicle to its normal gross weight before tightening    Axle Housing Breather Vent U bolts  Loading the vehicle ensures proper adjustment of      the U bolt and spring assembly     Check and clean the axle housing breather vent  3  at    each oil level check  U bolts are difficult to tighten unless you have the right  equipment  If you cannot tighten them correctly yourself  be  sure to have them checked and tightened regularly by an  authorized mechanic         252   Y53 6027 Medium Duty  R05 09     Preventive Maintenance    AN    AN    WARNING  Do not replace U bolts and nuts with  common U bolts or standard nuts  These parts  are critical to vehicle safety  If the wrong U   bolts  or nuts are used  the axle could loosen or sepa   rate from the vehicle and cause an accident  resulting in death or injury  Use only U bolts and  nuts of SAE Grade 8 specification or better     WARNING  Do not operate the vehicle if the U   bolts are not properly tightened  Loose U bolts  do not properly secure the axle to the suspen   sion  This could cause loss of vehicle control  and an accident resulting in death or inju
54.  run the engine with the batteries disconnected   Do not disconnect the battery cables or alternator con   nection cables with the engine running    Never turn the ignition switch to the IGN  amp  START posi   tion with the engine running    When charging the battery  installed in the vehicle  dis   connect the battery cables    Do not reverse the cables of the alternator  starter motor   or battery         227        Electrical System Preventive Maintenance    Do not polarize the alternator  The alternator should not    be polarized like a generator  To ensure correct polarity   use a test lamp or a voltmeter         228     Y53 6027 Medium Duty  R05 09     Preventive Maintenance    CAB MAINTENANCE    Exterior Maintenance    Painted Surfaces    Wash painted surfaces frequently to remove grime and caus   tic deposits which may stain the finish  See  Cleaning  Pro   tection and Weather Stripping  on page 230     Chrome and Aluminum Surfaces    To prevent rust  keep chromed parts clean and protected with  wax at all times  especially in winter conditions where the  roads are salted       f necessary use a commercial chrome cleaner to  remove light rust      Chrome surfaces are best cleaned with fresh water   Wipe dry to preserve their luster  A commercial chrome  cleaner will remove light rust  After cleaning  wax flat sur   faces and apply a thin coat of rust preventive lubricant  around bolts or other fasteners     Medium Duty  R05 09     Y53 6027    Cab Maintenance      Clea
55.  s literature for any special  instructions     Medium Duty  R05 09     Y53 6027    Frame and Fifth Wheel      Steam clean the fifth wheel      Check lock guard operation using a commercial lock  tester      Clean and oil all moving parts    Lubricate the following parts with a lithium base grease       Lock mechanism    All grease fittings  especially those which grease the  top surface of the fifth wheel        Check for missing or loose nuts and bolts in the fifth  wheel and mounting brackets  Retighten loose bolts to  correct torque  Replace missing or damaged bolts     Every 6 Months or 50 000 Miles     e Refer to specific manufacturer s literature for any special   instructions    Remove fifth wheel from vehicle  Refer to the Medium   Duty Maintenance Manual   Fifth Wheel Removal       Steam clean the fifth wheel and mounting brackets      Check all moving parts for excessive wear or damage   Replace all worn or broken parts      Complete two month service procedure    Install fifth wheel  Refer to the Medium Duty Mainte    nance Manual     Fifth Wheel Installation          255        Frame and Fifth Wheel Preventive Maintenance    Sliding Fifth Wheel NOTE  The plate must be lifted up slightly to  relieve the weight of the bracket while applying    Lubricate bearing surface of support bracket through the grease     grease fittings on the side of the fifth wheel plate  Use a  water resistant lithium base grease         256   Y53 6027 Medium Duty  R05 09     Preventive Ma
56.  set the tem   perature knob to cool  the blue position on the con   trol   and the blower to high until the cab becomes  cool  Then you can turn down the blower if you wish        CAUTION  During extreme cold weather  do not    For Efficient Cooling     1  Be sure all heater   air conditioner controls are off   2  Start the engine  Allow time for warm up     refrigerant to liquefy and warp the valve  plates or cause a hydraulic lock  Warm the  engine before starting the air conditioner     A  CAUTION  To avoid damage to the compres        CAUTION  A cold compressor can cause    sor  amp  blower motors  turn off all controls  when a system is not in use   3  Set the air control in the RECIRC mode     Medium Duty  R05 09     Y53 6027    CIGARETTE LIGHTER    4  Close all windows    5  Idle the engine between 1000 and 1500 RPM and  turn the blower speed control to High    6  After the cab temperature cools to a comfortable level   adjust the blower speed and controls to keep the  desired condition     il    NOTE  When the air conditioner is not in regular  use  operate it for at least 15 minutes at least  once a month or every 5 000 miles  8 000 Km    whichever comes first  This will lubricate the seals  in the air conditioning system  The air condition   ing system is active when the Defrost mode is  selected     Cigarette Lighter    02912A    The cigarette lighter is located at the bottom of the cup  holders  To operate your lighter  push the center of the  knob in  After a fe
57.  the air to leave  the system after you fill your radiator     Refilling Your Radiator      Be sure the radiator and engine block drains are closed      Move the heater control to maximum heat position      Remove the surge tank pressure cap     Through the surge tank  fill the system with premixed  coolant  Pour it in a steady flow until the radiator is full      Start the engine      Idle at low RPM      Complete the filling  Do it as quickly as possible      Idle the engine until it reaches normal operating temper   ature    9  Fill the radiator as necessary to raise the coolant level to   the proper reading  Replace the surge tank pressure   cap       Bomc      CON OD O       181     Engine Cooling System Preventive Maintenance    Engine  Block  Heater  option  A CAUTION  Always unplug the block heater  before starting your engine  Damage to the cool   WARNING  Do not use the heater if there are any ing system could occur if not turned OFF   N signs of problems  Engine block heaters can  unplugged    cause tes resulting In deal serious personai Use a solution of half ethylene glycol antifreeze and half  injury and or property damage if not properly  maintained and operated  Regularly inspect the water for best heater performance  Do not use more than 65  engine block heater wiring and connector for percent concentration of antifreeze  as a shortened heater  damaged or frayed wires  Contact your Autho  X life will result     rized Service Center or the manufacturer of the 
58.  the ignition  The vehicle must be ser   viced and the problem corrected before  driving again  Failure to do so may cause  severe engine damage or cause an acci   dent involving death or personal injury     Y53 6027    CONTROLS AND DISPLAYS    22  Engine  Wait To Start    Illuminates when engine grid heater is on   PACCAR PX 6 and PX 8      23  Fifth Wheel  King Pin Lock    Illuminates when air actuated fifth wheel King  Pin is unlocked     24  Fifth Wheel  Slide Unlocked    Illuminates and an audible warning tone will  sound when the air operated sliding fifth  wheel switch is on  thus unlocking the sliding  fifth wheel  The light and an audible warning  tone should NOT be considered an emer   gency but simply as a reminder to turn off the  switch to lock the sliding fifth wheel before  driving  This switch should not be operated  while driving   Sliding fifth wheels are an  option      Medium Duty  R05 09     CONTROLS AND DISPLAYS INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS             lt     A    Medium Duty  R05 09     25  Lights  High Beam    IIluminates when the high beams are on   This icon will flash with audible alarm if the  headlamps are left on when the door is open   In addition  this icon will flash  but without an  audible alarm  if there is a problem with the  low beam headlights or the low beam head   light wiring  In such event  the high beam  headlights will turn on at 5096 normal bright   ness     26  Message Waiting    Illuminates with telematic equipped messag   ing     W
59.  the two service tanks by opening the  drain valves  Turn valve handles counter clockwise  and  leave open until the escaping air is free of water     WARNING  If the supply and service tanks are   N not drained at the recommended frequency   water could enter the air lines and valves  This  could cause corrosion or blockage  which could  compromise the brake system safety and poten   tially cause an accident involving death or injury      197     Air System             FRONT REAR PRIMARY  SECONDARY  SERVICE  TANK   SERVICE  TANK   weal   AE  g                     DRAIN VALVE    WET  SUPPLY    TANK UNDER   FRONT SERVICE  TANK                         02602       Location of Air Tanks    Periodically  Clean filter screens ahead of the valves by  removing the screens and soaking them in solvent  Blow  them dry with pressurized air before reinstalling them     fluid  or wax based oils in the air system  These  fluids may cause severe damage to air system  components       CAUTION  Do not use penetrating oil  brake      198      Y53 6027    Preventive Maintenance      Maintain the air compressor to prevent excessive oil by   pass  See the Medium Duty Maintenance Manual for  maintenance details      Replace worn seals in valves and air motors as they are  needed  Your Peterbilt Dealer carries rebuild kits for most  units     Dual Air Gauge and Air Leaks    Your Medium Duty vehicle comes with a primary and second   ary air pressure guage  The gauge indicates the amount of  air press
60.  warning light will give a  shutdown signal     eIn this case  the anti lock system can be turned  back on  and the warning light extinguished  by turn   ing the key switch OFF and ON  after the vehicle has  been brought to a full stop  When the key switch is  turned back on  the warning light will illuminate and  remain on for 3 to 5 seconds  This is a built in func   tion test of the warning light     WARNING  Do not attempt to recycle the anti   lock system by turning the keyswitch OFF and  ON until the vehicle has been brought to a full  stop and the parking brakes set  Failure to do so  could adversely affect steering and braking con   trol  and may result in loss of vehicle control  which may result in an accident involving death  or personal injury       193      Brake System Preventive Maintenance    event of a malfunction in any air or hydraulic cir   cuit  Such a malfunction may prevent the brake  system from operating properly  and could  result in an accident causing death or serious  personal injury  The vehicle should not be oper   ated until the system is repaired and both brak   ing circuits  including all pneumatic  hydraulic   and mechanical components are working prop   erly     f WARNING  Do not operate the vehicle in the        194  Y53 6027 Medium Duty  R05 09     Preventive Maintenance    AIR SYSTEM    Air System    can result if not properly disassembled  Use  only proper tools and observe all precau     Introduction tions pertaining to the use of thos
61.  you are not properly trained to perform    brake inspections or service  take your vehicle to  your nearest Peterbilt dealer      191     Brake System    Visually inspect brake shoe lining for wear  cracks  or break   age  If linings are worn down to 2 5 mm  0 10 in   they must  be replaced  Inspect brake drum for deep scores  heat spots   cracks  or damage  Replace if needed          BRAKE    SHOE    LININGS    PARKING BRAKE COMPONENTS     192     Y53 6027    Preventive Maintenance    Anti Lock Braking System  ABS     Your Medium Duty vehicle is equipped with an anti lock brak   ing system  For detailed service information  see the Peterbilt  Medium Duty Maintenance Manual  All service work  should be performed by a qualified technician at an Autho   rized Service Center  The foundation brake system must be  in proper working order to ensure the best ABS performance     before detaching the ABS Electronic Control Unit   ECU  connector and all other electronic control  units  Welding equipment can send an energy  surge through electronic equipment and cause  damage  Disconnect all ECUs before attaching  welding equipment     A CAUTION  Do not weld anywhere on the vehicle    the ignition turned on  The connectors could arc  and damage electronic equipment  Turn off the  ignition before disconnecting any electronic  equipment     A CAUTION  Never detach the ECU connector with    Other precautions    e Check ABS wiring harnesses periodically for chafing or  other problems  No r
62. 09     CONTROLS AND DISPLAY    sion bags either overinflated or underinflated  may cause damage to driveline components  If a  vehicle must be operated under such condi   tions  do not exceed 5 mph     Cruise Control Switch    CAUTION  Operating a vehicle with air suspen        RESUME                The master switch turns the cruise control ON or OFF   The second switch allows you to SET the desired speed  or RESUME the desired speed after the cruise control  function has been interrupted     Medium Duty  R05 09     Y53 6027    DASH  AND DOOR MOUNTED FEATURES    WARNING  Do not operate the cruise control  when operating on road surfaces with poor  traction  wet  icy  or snow covered roads  or in  heavy traffic  Accelerations caused by the  normal operation of the cruise control could  cause you to lose control of the vehicle result   ing in an accident causing death or personal  injury     AN    NOTE  Cruise control functions and features may  vary depending upon which engine you have  For  specific explanation of your cruise control  see  the cruise control or engine manual included with  your vehicle     il       Press and  Release e  Brakes Before  Setting Cruise                      This vehicle   s electronic system will perform a    rationality  check    every time the vehicle is started  This check is to  ensure that the service brakes are working before allow   ing cruise control to function  This safety feature is       55       DASH  AND DOOR MOUNTED FEATURES    de
63. 1 to 1   3 4 in   25 44mm   30 Rear 1 1 4 to 2 in   32 51mm       Brake System    slack adjusters is a dangerous practice that  could result in an accident involving death or  injury  It gives the operator a false sense of  security about the effectiveness of the brakes   Contact the Service Department at your dealer   ship if the stroke exceeds the above specifica   tions  A stroke exceeding these values may  indicate a problem with the slack adjuster or the  brake foundation     i WARNING  Manual adjustment of automatic       f the pushrod travel reaches the above specifications   check the slack adjuster installation  Inspect brake  adjuster and anchor bracket for damage  The anchor  bracket should be tight      With the air system at 100 psi  690 kPa  or more  apply  the brake     If adjustment is necessary and the slack adjuster is working   the adjusting hex nut will rotate during the chamber return  stroke  Installing a wrench on the hex nut will make this eas   ier to see  On each stroke after the first  the amount of adjust   ment and chamber travel will be less     Y53 6027     187      Brake System    Constant manual adjustment of automatic slack adjusters  can shorten the life of the internal clutch  If the installation  appears to be free of damage  but the applied stroke range  could not be achieved  the slack adjuster must be replaced     NOTE  The brake adjuster alone does not ensure   Hn proper brake operation  Inspect all brake compo   nents  All brake compo
64. 104D and Eaton PS 081  specifications           AMBIENT  MODEL RUBRIC ANT Gees TEMPERATURE RANGE VISCOSITY  SAE   DEG  C DEG  F  Eaton Fuller HD engine oil  API CE or CF 4  Above  12 Above  10 50  Synthetic oil  Chevron RPM  Synthetic Transmission Fluid  or equal  Above  40 Above  40 50             age components        Li  NOTE  Do not use multi viscosity or EP  extreme pressure  gear oil  e g   axle oils  in transmissions  Multi viscosity or EP oils may dam           Standard Transmission Oil Level    n NOTE  The vehicle must be parked on level ground       Maintain the oil level and check it regularly  Oil should be    up to bottom of filler plug hole        240        Clutch System Introduction    Free pedal is the distance the clutch pedal moves by applying  only slight pressure  During free pedal the release yoke in the  transmission moves until its bearing pads contact the release  bearing  This movement of the release yoke is called free  travel  Thus  free pedal and free travel are directly related to    each other     Y53 6027    Medium Duty  R05 09     Preventive Maintenance    As the clutch pedal is depressed further  with harder pres   sure  the release yoke moves the release bearing away from  the engine  This causes the clutch plate to release from the  driven disks in the clutch  This is called release travel  And  finally  on 9   10   and 11 speed transmissions  as the pedal  is pushed to the last 1 2 to 1 inch of travel  the release bear   ing contacts and e
65. 24   34   24 20   28 27   38  3 8 16 31   44 42   60   24 35   50 47   68  7 16 14 50   71 68   96   20 56   80 53   108  1 2 13 76   109 103   149   20 86   123 117   167  9 16 12 110   158 149   214   18 123   176 167   239  5 8 11 153   218 208   296   18 173   247 235   335  3 4 10 271   386 367   523   16 303   431 411   583  7 8 9 437   624 593   846   14 482   589 654   799  1 8 656   935 889   1268  1 12 718   1023 973   1386           254        Preventive Maintenance    The torque values in the previous tables are based on the  use of clean and dry threads     For standard capscrews     1  Always use the torque values listed the capscrew table    2  Reduce torque by 10  when engine oil is used as a  lubricant    3  Reduce torque by 20  if new plated capscrews are  used     Y53 6027 Medium Duty  R05 09     Preventive Maintenance    FRAME AND FIFTH WHEEL    Engine Painting    Do not electrostatically paint electronically controlled engines  or vehicles with these engines     Frame Rails    rails or drill through the top or bottom flanges   These operations could affect frame rail  strength leading to a failure resulting in an acci   dent causing death or injury  Always leave frame  repairs to your Peterbilt Dealer     f WARNING  Do not cut  splice or weld on frame    Fifth Wheel Maintenance    Proper preventive maintenance is essential to trouble free  service and safe operation of the fifth wheel     Every 2 Months or 25 000 Miles       Refer to specific manufacturer
66. AND OPERATING THE VEHICLE    and read the specific instructions contained in the trans   mission manufacturer s manual that is included with your  vehicle     cab  Check to be sure you know the correct    mn NOTE  You will find a shift pattern diagram in the  sequence for your particular transmission     Operating Manual Transmissions    If your truck has an automatic transmission  go to page  103     6  9  10  and 11 Speed Manual    The 6 speed synchronized manual transmission has 6  forward speeds and 1 reverse  The 9 speed transmission  has 9 forward and 2 reverse speeds  consisting of a 5     speed low range section and a 4   speed high range sec   tion     For specific instructions on operating one of the optional  10  or 11 speed transmissions  consult the transmission  manufacturer s Driver Operator Instruction Manual     Medium Duty  R05 09     STARTING AND OPERATING THE VEHICLE    Transmission Warm Up    In cold weather  below 32  F  0  C    you may find shifting  sluggish when you first start up  Transmission warm up is  especially important at this time  but it is always a good  idea to warm your transmission oil before starting out on  the road     To warm the transmission lubricating oil during engine  warm up   1  Put the transmission in Neutral     2  Release the clutch pedal and let the transmission  operate in Neutral for three to five minutes prior to  shifting into either a forward or reverse range     Putting the Vehicle in Motion    After making sure the 
67. ARNING  Do not attempt to read  telematic messages while operating the  vehicle  Reading messages can distract  you from safe vehicle operation  which  may cause death or personal injury      51    T    vu   e     il    PUMP  MODE    qe    Y53 6027    27  Park Brake    Illuminates in the status indicator when park   ing brakes are applied and the vehicle is sta   tionary  This symbol will also illuminate in the  Driver Information Display if the parking  brakes are applied and the vehicle is in  motion     28 Power Take off  PTO     Illuminates when the PTO is engaged     NOTE  Do not drive vehicle with PTO  engaged   29 Power Take off  PTO   Pump Mode    Illuminates with remote throttle application   Indicates pump mode is active     30  Refrigerator    Illuminates to indicate that the refrigerator is  on and ignition is off          29        INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS    4    31  Seat Belt  Fasten    Illuminates when the ignition key is turned on  as a reminder to fasten your seat belt     1 WARNING  Do not drive vehicle without    your seat belt and your riders  belts fas   tened  Riding without a safety belt which  is properly fastened can lead to  increased injury or death in an accident   Unbelted riders could be thrown into the  windshield or other parts of the cab or  could be thrown out of the cab  They  could strike another person  Injuries can  be much worse when riders are  unbelted  Always fasten your seat belt  and be sure anyone riding with you does  the same   
68. At icina th li h hicle f  heater if you are in need of repairs or informa  ter servicing the coo ing system  operate the vel icle ora  tion  day or two before using the heater  Trapped air inside the    engine needs time to escape                                               PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE  PM  INTERVALS  l A B C D E  At the first 15 000 mi   115 000 mi  24 000 km  30 000 mi  48 000 km  60 000 mi  96 000 km   120 000 mi   240 000 mi  384 000 km  24 000 km or at the first Monthly 6 months 192 000km   Annually  PM  Recommended  SYSTEM COMPONENT MAINTENANCE TASK i ull pala  l   A   B   C D   E                    182  Y53 6027 Medium Duty  R05 09        Preventive Maintenance    Engine Cooling System       Cooling Hoses    Check the radiator and heater hoses for leaks     X    X       Extended Life Coolant  ELC     Check the freeze point  see page 178         Check for contamination using test strips  see page 179         Replace blank water filter if applicable        Perform lab analysis  see page 179    If lab analysis shows coolant is unsuitable for continued use  Flush  drain  and refill  see page 178    Add ELC Extender  see page 179         Flush  drain  and refill with new coolant  see page 178         Fan clutch housing    Check for air leaks           Surge Tank Fill Cap       Check fill cap seal at each oil change                                Medium Duty  R05 09     Y53 6027      183         Brake System    BRAKE SYSTEM    If your truck has an air brake syst
69. CANTS  c WE VISCOSITY  SAE   EATON  EP gear oil  MIL L 2105D  API GL 5   26 to 438  15 to  100 80W 90  ROCKWELL   Synthetic Lubricant  Chevron RPM   Synthetic Gear Lubricant  or equal  meeting i      MIL L 2105D and Eaton PS 037 specifica  ele rae ateore tee  ante   tion                   No initial drain is required on Eaton axles that are factory  filled with an Eaton approved synthetic lubricant       Petroleum based lubricants must be drained within the  first 5 000 miles  8000 km  if converting to an approved  synthetic lubricant     See Table 1     Recommended Maintenance Intervals      Page 154 for standard rear axle service intervals       Use petroleum based lubricants meeting MIL L   2105     C D grade specifications or approved synthetic lubrica   tion  Do not use oil additives     To change axle lubricant     1  Park the vehicle on level ground with the axle lubricant at  normal operating temperature    2  Remove filler  1  and drain plug  2     3  Completely drain the oil and clean the drain plug     A CAUTION  Do not overfill axles     4  Reinstall the drain plug  2  and refill with recommended  oil up to the bottom of filler plug hole   5  Reinstall filler plug  1      Medium Duty  R05 09  Y53 6027    251     Rear Axle and Suspension Preventive Maintenance       Rear Suspension Fasteners    Continual road shock and load stresses may force the rear  axles out of alignment  If you detect rapid tire wear on the  rear axles  you may have misaligned axles  Have your
70. COMMENDED LUBRICANT  Power Steering Gear Automatic Transmission Fluid  ATF   Driveline U Joints EP chassis grease  lithium 12 hydroxystearate or lithium complex base  NLGI 2   Slip Joint Splines  Hood Pivots  Fan Drive    Fifth Wheel Components   Clutch Pedal Shaft   Clutch Linkage   Other chassis grease fittings not covered                         below    Wheel Bearing Non Driving Axles OIL LUBICATED  SAE 80W 90 EP gear oil  MIL L 2105D  API GL5  or SAE 75W 90 synthetic  oil  GREASE LUBRICATED  EP chassis grease  lithium 12 hydroxystearate or lithium complex  base  NLGI 2    Threaded Pins  amp  Bushings  e g   spring pins  amp  EP grease  lithium 12 hydroxystearate or lithium complex base  NLGI 2  with 3  molybdenum   bushings  additive  Mobil Grease Special  Mobil   Molygrease EP  Chevron   or equal    Suspension Fittings  other than threaded pins EP chassis grease  lithium 12 hydroxystearate or lithium complex base  NLGI 2     amp  bushings    Steering Axle  Grease Fittings on Steering EP chassis grease  lithium 12 hydroxystearate base  NLGI 2    Arm  Tie Rod Ends  Drag Link  King Pins   Clutch Release Bearing  remove inspection High temperature ball bearing grease  Chevron SRI Mobil Grease HP  Texaco Multifax 2  or   plate for access   Driveshaft Center Bearing equivalent    Automatic Slack Adjusters  Wedge Brake High temperature EP grease  Texaco Thermotex EP 1  Shell Darina EP 1  Mobilith AW 1    Components  Disc Brake Caliper Rockwell 0 616A  or equivalent           D
71. CS knob to view the warnings that  are active  Refer to the preceeding Figure     Warning Light   Indicator Symbols     on  page 22 for warning color classification     4  Alternator    Illuminates if the alternator is not charging    For alternators with warning lamp output  signal       9        6    Y53 6027    INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS    5  Anti Lock Brake System  ABS     Illuminates during the Instrumentation Sys   tem Self Test  Have the ABS system checked  by a Peterbilt dealer if the ABS Warning  Lamp stays on for more than 3 seconds     Illuminates during normal operating condi   tions to indicate a problem with the ABS Sys   tem  See  ABS Warning Lamps  on page 104  for more information     Illuminates when a problem exists with the  optional Wheel Spin Control feature  See   Advanced ABS with Stability Control  on  page 106 for more information     6  Anti Lock Brake System  ABS   Trailer    Illuminates during the Instrumentation Sys   tem Self Test and the tractor truck is con   nected with a ABS equipped trailer        25        INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS       26       Illuminates during normal operating condi   tions to indicate a problem with the Trailer  ABS System  This should be checked by a  Peterbilt dealer as soon as possible  See   ABS Warning Lamps  on page 104 for more  information     NOTE      Tractors Trucks and trailers built after March  1  2001 must be able to turn on an In Cab  Trailer ABS Warning Lamp  per U S   FMVSS121   The industry chose Pow
72. CY s8 ss ss  D02020  na  a 98  Front  amp  Rear Brake Camshaft Tube Lubrication EE Grease Required  Special  Clutch Pedal Shaft No Service Required  Clutch Linkage  Suspension Fittings AG 200     250 000 Mile Service  Clutch Release Bearing Required Extended Fittings  Driveline Center Bearing No Service Required  Automatic Slack Adjusters Synthetic Lube Required     Special Fittings  Brakes  Lining Remaining  replace as required   RF RRF RRR  LF LRF LRR  Drum Condition   RF RRF RRR  LF LRF LRR  Chassis Lubrication  Transmission Lubricant Level  Transmission Lubricant and Filter Change C2 Synthetic Lube Required     500 000 Drain  Rear Axle Lubricant Change C2 Synthetic Lube Required     500 000 Drain  Front Hub Lubricant Change C2 Synthetic Lube Required     500 000 Drain  BATTERIES A B C  Battery cables   signs of chafing  Signs of Over Charging  Remove Corrosion and Seal Terminals  Hold down and Box     Mounting Bolts  Load Test Batteries                      Medium Duty  R05 09  53 6027   163      Maintenance Schedule and Lubrication Preventive Maintenance    Table2 Maintenance Schedule                                                                   INTERVAL COMMENTS  gEE  EB EE  OPERATION   FREQUENCY s8 ss ss  me  e2ceo0 eo  ro  a 98  Sealed Type     Condition    Color of charge indicator for each battery   1 2 3 4  TIRES AND WHEELS A B Cc  Missing Valve Caps and Stem Locks  Cracks or Loose Wheel lugs  Tandem Mating  Irregular Wear  Tire Pressure  Record below   Remaini
73. DOOR MOUNTED FEATURES    Manual Control Lever    This hand operated control lever provides modulated  application of the BrakeSaver in the manual or ON mode   see next illustration   How much braking you get depends  on how much you move the lever                    A Control Air Pressure gauge and an Engine Oil Temper   ature gauge are provided with the BrakeSaver        60           Y53 6027    CONTROLS AND DISPLAY    Jacobs Engine Brake or Cummins  C  Brake  Switch    The ON OFF switch turns the system ON or OFF  The  second switch performs the progressive braking function  that controls the amount of retarding     2 Mode and 3 Mode Systems    Medium Duty  R05 09     CONTROLS AND DISPLAY       f you have the two mode system  you can select  HIGH or LOW        f you have the three mode system  you can select  low  medium  or high retarding     the primary means of slowing or stopping the  vehicle  The Jacob s brake is designed to be  used in conjunction with the service brakes   Failure to do this may cause death or personal    j WARNING  Do not use the Jacob   s brake as    injury   Interaxle Differential Lock Switch AN    The interaxle differential allows differential action between  the forward rear and the rear rear driving axles  The inter   axle differential lock switch allows the operator to LOCK or    DASH  AND DOOR MOUNTED FEATURES    SHIFT AT ANY SPEED EXCEPT  IF A WHEEL IS SPINNING       WARNING  Placing the differential lock in the     LOCK    position while you
74. Do not apply wax in the hot sun and do not friction burn  the paint with a buffing machine     Occasionally spray weather stripping on doors and windows  with silicone compound to help preserve resiliency  This is  especially useful in freezing weather to prevent doors and  windows from sticking shut with ice     Vehicle Cleaning    Precautions    Cleaning agents may be poisonous and cause  death or personal injury if swallowed or inhaled   Keep them out of the reach of children     f WARNING  Handle cleaning agents carefully       Observe all caution labels         230      Y53 6027    Preventive Maintenance      Always read directions on the container before using any  product      Do not use any solution that can damage the body paint      Most chemical cleaners are concentrates which require  dilution      Use spot removing fluids only in well ventilated areas      Do not use gasoline  kerosene  naphtha  nail polish  remover or other volatile cleaning fluids  They may be  toxic  flammable or hazardous in other ways      Do not clean the underside of chassis  fenders wheel  covers  etc  without protecting your hands and arms  You  may cut yourself on sharp edged metal parts      Moisture  ice  and road salt on brakes may affect braking  efficiency  Test the brakes carefully after each vehicle  wash     Any vehicle is subject to deterioration from industrial fumes   ice  snow  corrosive road salt  etc   to name just a few  causes  A well cared for vehicle can look like new 
75. Do not tow vehicles at speeds in excess of 55 mph   90 km h      Medium Duty  R05 09     VEHICLE RECOVERY AND SPRING BRAKES    Recovery Rigging    To connect to the Medium Duty vehicle  attach the towing  chain or cable and the hitches to the  2  tow recievers  through the center access hole in the bumper                       Y53 6027       Front Tow Hook Recievers    Returning Vehicle to Service    You will have to add lubricant to prevent damage after  your vehicle has been towed     1  Into the pinion cage  add 1 pint   47 liter  of lubricant      141         VEHICLE RECOVERY AND SPRING BRAKES    STARTING AND OPERATING THE VEHICLE    2  Into the inter axle differential  add 2 pints   94 liter  of   You may sometimes have to release your vehicle s spring    approved lubricant  brakes by hand  This could happen if the system air pres   e See    Recommended Lubrication Types  Page sure does not reach operating pressure because your  136  engine or compressor is not working properly  You will    3  After adding the specified type and amount of lubri   cant  drive the vehicle  It should be unloaded  Drive 1     40 km h   This will thoroughly circulate the lubricant  through the assembly     Spring Brakes     Manual Release    to 2 miles  1 5 to 3 km  at a speed lower than 25 mph j    In order to tow a vehicle  if there is insufficient air to  release the parking brake  the spring brakes can be man   ually released     WARNING  Do not drive vehicle with malfunc   AN tioning bra
76. Double Cap Nut Mounting  1  15 16 12 1020 1090 750 800  3 16    Radius Ball Seat  11 816 385 950 650 700  1 15 16 12 1020 1090 750   800  Hub Piloted Disc Type Wheel w Two Piece Flanged Cap Nuts  Steel Wheel 505   590 370   435  Budd Nut w Teflon Coating  Alum  Wheel 475 580 350 425  Motor Wheel Nut  Steel Wheel 545 630 400 465  Alum  Wheel 530 625 390 460  Stud Backnuts  when used  3 4 16 240 270 175 200  1 14 240 410 175 300  Heavy Duty Cast Wheel w Demountable Rim  1 8 585 640 430 470  1 12 585 640 430 470  1 14 585 640 430 470  Rockwell or Clark Demountable Rims on Planetary Axles 3 4 10 270   305 200   225     210  Y53 6027 Medium Duty  R05 09     Preventive Maintenance    Table 7 Wheel Cap Nut Torque    Tires and Wheels                                     DYNAMIC TORQUE FOR  WHEEL  amp  NUT INNER  amp  OUTER CAP  CONFIGURATION STUD SIZE NUTS  amp  RIM CLAMP NUTS   N m Lb Ft   Dayton  E A  5 8 11 Front  amp  Rear seien  TRES  3 4 10  Cad Plated Studs Front 306 340 225 250   Cast Wheel with Demountable Rim   Rear 272 340 220   250  3 4 10  PHOS  amp  Oil Coated Studs    Front  amp  Rear 238 258 175 190  Gunite  5 8 11 Front  amp  Rear 220   250 160 185     a 3 4 10 Front Over   E  Cast Wheel with Demountable Rim  14 000 Lb GAWR 325 359 240 265  Other Front  amp  Rear 271 305 200 225                Disc Wheels    tools when working on wheels  Grooves in the  wheel disc or other damage to the disc can  weaken the wheel and cause it to eventually  come off  This could cause 
77. GINE MAINTENANCE    WARNING  Exhaust fumes from the engine con   tain carbon monoxide  a colorless and odorless  gas  A poorly maintained  damaged  or corroded  exhaust system can allow carbon monoxide to  enter the cab or sleeper  Failure to properly  maintain your vehicle could cause carbon mon   oxide to enter the cab and cause death  personal  injury or serious illness     WARNING  Never idle your vehicle for prolonged  periods of time if you sense that exhaust fumes  are entering the cab  Investigate the cause of the  fumes and correct it as soon as possible  If the  vehicle must be driven under these conditions   drive only with the windows slightly open  Fail   ure to repair the source of the exhaust fumes  may lead to death  personal injury or serious ill   ness     il    Engine Maintenance    NOTE  Keep the engine exhaust system and the  vehicle   s cab ventilation system properly main   tained  It is recommended that the vehicle s  exhaust system and cab be inspected      By a competent technician every 15 000 miles      Whenever a change is noticed in the sound of the  exhaust system      Whenever the exhaust system  underbody  cab or  sleeper is damaged     Engine Lubrication    Proper engine lubrication depends on ambient temperature  and where the vehicle will be operated  Use the recom   mended oil for the weather conditions outside     il    NOTE  For engine oil specifications  oil change  intervals  engine filter requirements or general  engine maintenance pr
78. ING  Do not use the inter axle differen   tial lock when travelling downhill or at speeds  above 25 mph  40 km h   When it is engaged  under these conditions  your vehicle will  exhibit  understeer  handling characteris   tics  This  understeer  condition will cause  your vehicle to turn less quickly and more  steering effort will be required  which can  cause an accident  resulting in death or per   sonal injury     To LOCK the inter axle differential     1  Anticipate when you might need increased traction   slow down to a steady speed under 25 mph  40 km h   or stop the vehicle  Do not lock the inter axle differen   tial while going down steep grades or traveling faster  than 25 mph  or while wheels are spinning or traction  is minimal  lock it before you encounter these condi   tions     Y53 6027    Medium Duty  R05 09     STARTING AND OPERATING THE VEHICLE          Turning Radius When  Unlocked  Disengaged        2     lt    b           Turning Radius When  Locked  Engaged            e             A          02871       Understeer Condition    2  Put the inter axle differential lock switch  labeled  MAIN DIFFERENTIAL LOCK  in the LOCK position  A  light  DIFF LOCK  in the warning module on the dash  will turn on  indicating that the differential is locked   engaged      3  If you LOCK or UNLOCK the inter axle differential  while moving  let up momentarily on the accelerator  pedal to relieve torque on the gearing and allow full  engagement of the clutch  the mechanism th
79. INTAKE INC  ASSEMBLY              ex   S  amr    02603 004558 FILTER ELEMENT             Air Intake Assembly  To remove the air filter     1  Remove the two thumb screws   2  Remove air cleaner service cover   3  Remove the filter element     Clean out the inside of the air cleaner body and outlet tube  with a dry rag     Medium Duty  R05 09     Y53 6027    Air Cleaner   Filter Element  To install air cleaner element   1  Slide air cleaner element into housing   2  Install air cleaner end cap   3  Install thumbscrews around air cleaner housing end cap   NOTE  The air cleaner is internally sealed by a  radial seal around Inlet tube of air cleaner element     For further information on servicing the air cleaner   see the Medium Duty Maintenance Manual       203      Tires and Wheels    TIRES AND WHEELS    Introduction    Keeping the tires in good condition is essential to the safe   efficient operation of your Medium Duty vehicle  Regular  fre   quent inspection and the right care will give you the assur   ance of safe and reliable tire operation     factured  OEM  components  Use of non original  equipment could cause wheel breakage and  wheel separation from vehicle  which could  result in an accident causing death or personal  injury  Each mounting system is engineered only  for use with its correct mating part  Be sure that  properly matched components are used for each  type of mounting  The comparison chart on Page  213 illustrates the differences between parts  used in h
80. IPS AND TECHNIQUES    Fifth Wheel Lubrication      Frequently operate and lubricate movable or sliding  fifth wheels to prevent corrosion     slide tracks  if a slider  should be cleaned and  lubricated periodically to ensure smooth turn   ing and sliding action  Failure to keep these  surfaces lubricated can lead to frame or drive   line damage       CAUTION  Both the fifth wheel plate and the    See page 219 for maintenance information     Medium Duty  R05 09  53 6027   d     VEHICLE RECOVERY AND SPRING BRAKES    Vehicle Recovery and Spring Brakes  Introduction    Your Medium Duty vehicle is equipped with built in recov   ery provisions  designed for short distance use only  If  your vehicle must be recovered  disconnect the driveline  at the rear U joint  and remove or support the rearmost  section of the driveline  This is necessary because if the  transmission is driven by the driveshaft  rear wheels on  the ground   no lubricant will reach the gears and bear   ings  causing damage to the transmission     shafts or lift the driving wheels off the ground  before towing the vehicle  See  More Driving  Tips and Techniques  on page 130  All lubricat   ing and clutch application oil pressure is pro   vided by an engine driven pump  which will  not work when the engine is stopped  You  could seriously damage your vehicle by tow   ing it with the driveline connected and the  drive wheels on the ground       CAUTION  Remove the driveline and axle         140     Y53 6027    STAR
81. It is good practice to carry an emergency equipment kit in  your vehicle  One day  if you have a roadside emergency   you will be glad the following items are with you       window scraper     snow brush     container or bag of sand or salt    emergency light     small shovel   first aid kit   fire extinguisher    Medium Duty  R05 09     Y53 6027    Approaching Your Vehicle      Check the overall appearance and condition  Are win   dows  mirrors  and lights clean and unobstructed      Check beneath the vehicle  Are there signs of fuel  oil   or water leaks      Check for damaged  loose  or missing parts  Are there  parts showing signs of excessive wear or lack of lubri   cation  Have a qualified mechanic examine any ques   tionable items and repair them without delay      Check your load  Is it secured properly     Daily Checks    NOTE  The following items  Engine Compart   ment  Chassis and Cab  and Prestart Checks     should be checked daily  as a minimum  They  are in addition to  not in place of  federal motor  Carrier Safety Regulations  These regulations  may be purchased by writing to     Superintendent of Documents  U S  Government Printing Office  Washington  DC 20402       85     Engine Compartment Checks     Daily    1  Engine Fluid Levels   add more if necessary     Engine oil    Coolant  check while engine is cold     Power steering fluid level     f your truck has hydraulic brakes  check the fluid  level in the master cylinder reservoir  See page 154  for more i
82. Local or Alarm Time     1  When in the Settings Menu  scroll through the  list of menu items  Press the MCS to select  the item to change     Unit  Standard    Set Alarm Time    Set Local Time         3  Rotate the MCS knob to change the hour   Press the MCS     Medium Duty  R05 09     CONTROLS AND DISPLAY    Standard Gauges    On the pages that follow you will find descriptions of some  of the gauges on your instrument panel  For more infor   mation about using them in driving  see  Starting and  Operating the Vehicle  Also check the Index under the  name of the gauge or function you want to know more  about     WARNING  Do not ignore a warning light or   AN audbile alarm  These signals tell you some   thing is wrong with your vehicle  It could be a  failure in an important system  such as the  brakes  which could lead to an accident  involving death or personal injury  Have the  appropriate system checked immediately     Some gauges will display a red LED warning light  with  some accompanied by an audible alarm  whenever the  limits of the function being displayed are exceeded     Speedometer  The speedometer indicates the vehicle speed in miles per  hour  mph  and in kilometers per hour  km h   The speed     ometer also includes an odometer  trip meter  and trip  reset button     Medium Duty  R05 09        Y53 6027    STANDARD GAUGES    Trip Reset  Button                                     The LCD display in the lower part of the speedometer  contains the odometer and tr
83. Manual  and other related materials  You can open it by  pushing the knob on the front     Medium Duty  R05 09  Y53 6027    with your ignition key  turn it clockwise to lock and  counterclockwise to unlock     WARNING  Do not drive with the glove com   partment open  it can be dangerous  In an  accident or sudden stop  you or a passenger  could be thrown against the cover and be  killed or injured  To reduce the risk of death or  personal injury during an accident or sudden  stop  keep the glove compartment closed  when the vehicle is in motion     WARNING  Do not carry loose objects in your  cab  it can be dangerous  In a sudden stop  or  even going over a bump in the road  they  could fly through the air and strike you or a  passenger  You could be injured or even  killed  Secure all loose objects in the cab  before moving the vehicle       73    Seats    SEATS    Introduction Standard Driver s Seat    This section covers the operation and safe use of your  Medium Duty vehicle s seats  For further information on  features and adjustment of the seat  see the manufac   turer s literature included with the vehicle     The standard driver s seat can be adjusted forward and  rearward  These movements are each controlled by levers  located on the FRONT of the seat     Driver s Seat with Air Suspension  Option     Seat Adjustment    WARNING  Do not adjust the driver s seat  while the vehicle is moving  A sudden or  unexpected seat movement can cause the  driver to lose control of 
84. Other    severe operating condi   tions    to be aware of are  rough  extreme temperature envi   ronments  conditions where heavy loads are being hauled   contaminated environments  or steep grades  Consult the  component manufacturer s maintenance manuals for further  information on maintenance procedures specific to these  conditions      153        Maintenance Schedule and Lubrication    Maintenance Intervals    Table 1   Recommended Maintenance Intervals   shows  service intervals for normal and heavy duty operations   For additional  Engine Cooling System  information see      154        Preventive Maintenance    Page 178  For additional    Air System    information see Page  196     NOTE  Different lubricants or service intervals than  il those listed below may be required                 Table 1 Recommended Maintenance Intervals  ITEM INTERVAL COMMENTS  Hood Pivot None  Front Brake Camshaft 10 000 15 000 Synthetic Grease With Special Fittings  Tie Rod Ends 10 000 15 000       Power Steering Reservoir      Check Fluid Level       10 000   15 000                 Change Fluid  amp  Filter 60 000 2 Times Year  After Summer  amp  Winter   Drag Link 10 000   15 000  Steering Gear Box None       Steering U joints    10 000   15 000       Steering Slip Joint    10 000   15 000       Brake Treadle    10 000   15 000       Clutch Pedal Shaft    None       Transmission      Check      Drain and Refill   Manual      Drain and Refill   Automatic       10 000   15 000       50 000  
85. QT MEDIUM OUVY MOWELS    OWNER   S MANUAL       GC      A PACCAR COMPANY    Quick Table of Contents    Introduction   Cab And Frame Access   Getting To Your Engine   Controls And Displays   Seat And Restraint Systems   Driver s Checklists   Starting And Operating The Vehicle   Maintenance and Service     Consumer Information and Vehicle Identification     Subject Index          2009 PACCAR Inc   All Rights Reserved    This manual illustrates and describes the operation of features or equipment which may be either standard or optional on this  vehicle  This manual may also include a description of features and equipment which are no longer available or were not ordered  on this vehicle  Please disregard any illustrations or descriptions relating to featuures or equipment which are not on this vehicle     Peterbilt reserves the right to discontinue  change specifications  or change the design of its vehicles at any time without notice  and without incurring any obligation     The information contained in this manual is proprietary to Peterbilt  Reproduction  in whole or in part  by any means is strictly pro   hibited without prior written authorization from PACCAR Inc     INTRODUCTION    Introduction    How to Use This Manual    This Operator s Manual contains useful information for the  safe and efficient operation of your Medium Duty vehicle   It also provides information on maintaining your vehicle in  the best condition  with an outline for performing safety  checks and bas
86. STANDARD GAUGES    capacity  DEF fluid is required to meet certain emission  requirements  Do not allow your DEF tank to remain  empty  Please refer to your emission supplemental man   ual for more details about DEF fluid     to do so may damage components of the Diesel  Particulate Filter  DPF      Primary  Secondary  Air Pressure Gauge   Air Reservoir     CAUTION  Use Diesel Exhaust Fluid only  Failure    The air pressure gauge indicates the amount of air pres   sure in the brake system in pounds per square inch  psi        The primary gauge shows front reservoir air pressure     The secondary gauge shows pressure in the rear res   ervoir     Ensure the air pressure registers more than 100 psi in  both service systems before you move the vehicle  If the  pressure in either circuit is too low for normal brake oper   ation  the warning light will glow and the audible alarm will  sound        43        OPTIONAL GAUGES       44           CONTROLS AND DISPLAY    WARNING  The air pressure warning light and  the audible alarm indicate a dangerous situa   tion  There is not enough air pressure in the  reservoirs for repeated braking and the brake  system has failed  If air pressure falls below  60 psi  414 kPa  the spring brakes could sud   denly apply  causing a wheel lockup  loss of  control  or your vehicle to be overtaken by fol   lowing vehicles  You could be in an accident  involving death or personal injury  If these  alarms come on while you are driving  imme   diately brin
87. TING AND OPERATING THE VEHICLE    Worse  when vehicles are towed  either by wrecker or  piggy back  the lubricant in the top front of the drive axle  will drain to the rear  This will leave the top components  dry  The resulting friction may seriously damage them   Always remove the main driveshaft and axle shafts before  towing your vehicle     NOTE  For additional information concerning   i   heavy duty truck recovery  see Truck Mainte   nance Council Recommended Practice  602 A         Front Towing Devices For Trucks and Trac   tors     and  626        Heavy Duty Truck Towing Pro   cedures     Copies of these can be obtained from  the following address     The Maintenance Council  American Trucking Association Inc   2200 Mill Rd    Alexandria  VA 22314    703  838 1763    Medium Duty  R05 09     STARTING AND OPERATING THE VEHICLE    Vehicle Recovery Guidelines    Refer to the guidelines below when towing to prevent pos   sible damage       Use proper towing equipment to prevent damage to  the vehicle     CAUTION  Connect only to the towing provi   A sions  as described on the following pages   Connections to other structural parts could  damage the vehicle  Do not attach to  bumpers or bumper brackets  Use only  equipment designed for this purpose       Use a safety chain system and the vehicle s  2    hitches  Be sure to use both hitches together to   recover a vehicle    Disconnect driveline      Follow state provincial and local laws that apply to  vehicles in tow      
88. TION    Vehicle Safety    Make sure your Medium Duty is in top working condition  before heading out on the road   it is the responsible  driver s duty to do so  Inspect the vehicle according to the   Driver s Check List   page 83        reflexes  perceptions  and judgment can be  affected by even a small amount of alcohol   You could have a serious   or even fatal acci   dent   if you drive after drinking  Please do  not drink and drive or ride with a driver who  has been drinking       WARNING  Do not drink and drive  Your    Please remember  this manual is not a training manual  It  cannot tell you everything you need to know about driving  your Peterbilt vehicle  For that you need a good training  program or truck driving school  If you have not been  trained  get the proper training before you drive  Only  qualified drivers should drive this vehicle     Every new Peterbilt vehicle is designed to conform to all  Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards applicable at the  time of manufacture  However  even with these safety fea   tures  continued safe and reliable operation depends  greatly upon regular vehicle maintenance  The vehicle    Medium Duty  R05 09     Y53 6027    must be operated within the range of its mechanical capa   bilities and the limits of its load ratings   See the tire and  rim weight ratings information on the Vehicle Certification  Label on the driver s door frame   This vehicle is not  approved for off road operation     How to Find What You Want    T
89. Warning Lights and Buzzers 19  Water Temperature Gauge 40  GAWR  defined 85  GAWR   gross axle weight rating 84  132  267  GCW   gross combination weight 84  Glove compartment 73  Governor 119  Grease index 168  GVWR  defined 84  GVWR   gross vehicle weight rating 84  132  207  267  H  Hand brake 116  146  Hazard flasher 124  Hazard Switch 17  Headllights 17  Heater and air conditioner  maintenance 216  High beam 46  Hood Latch and Tilt 11  13  hood lock release cable 14  Hub piloted and ball seat parts 213  HVAC 18  Hydraulic Booster 123  Hydraulic Brakes 64  86  87  121  Hydraulic Fluid Check 86  Hypoid gear oil 168    Medium Duty  R05 09     Idling the engine 95   Ignition 17   Incomplete vehicle certification label 267  Inter axle differential 128    J    Jumper cables 222  use of 223    K    Keys 9  Keys and Locks  Ignition Switch 50  Komfort Lok latch 81  L  Lap   shoulder belt 76  Lap belt 77  Load capacity 84  Load distribution 85  Load Lights 17  Low air pressure 137  Lubrication 185  247  axle 246  brakes 185  chart 169  coasting 131  driveshaft 245  engine 173  174    Y53 6027     273        front axle 247   front suspension 247  idling 94  95   power steering 243  244  rear axle 250  251  252  transmission 239  240  types and brands 167  wheel bearings 247    Maintenance   manual 6   schedule 153  Manual transmission 98   lubricants 239   oil level 240   shifting gears 98  master cylinder 121  Menu Control Switch 17  Modifications 151  Modulating valve 119  Muffle
90. ack behind the wheel and  resume a slow speed as soon as possible to cool the  brakes  If the vehicle was to remain stopped  the heat  transfer could destroy the linings and distort the brake  drum     Medium Duty  R05 09     Y53 6027    USING THE BRAKE SYSTEM    To prevent drums from distortion while they cool down       Park the vehicle on level surface and block the  wheels      Release the parking brake and allow the brakes to  cool down  See page 106     Anti Lock Braking System    This vehicle may be equipped with an anti lock braking  system  ABS   This ABS reduces the possibility of wheel  lock up  If a wheel is about to lock during braking  the ABS  will automatically adjust air pressure to the brake cham   bers on the appropriate wheel s  to prevent wheel lock up   The ABS is automatically turned on when the ignition  switch is turned on     ABS Warning Lamps    Truck Tractor ABS Warning Lamp    A truck tractor ABS warning lamp illuminates when the  ignition switch is first turned on and will remain on until the  System self test has been completed successfully  Nor   mally  the ABS lamp will remain on until a speed of no  more than 9 mph has been reached and the speed sen   sors have been checked for correct output  The lamp      113     USING THE BRAKE SYSTEM    should remain off after this point unless a failure in the  system is detected  The truck tractor ABS lamp is located  in the warning lamp cluster        light does not illuminate when the ignition is  fir
91. age  197     Medium Duty  R05 09     DRIVER S CHECK LIST    Driver s Check List    Safe Vehicle Operation    To keep your Medium Duty vehicle in top shape and main   tain a high level of safety for you  your passengers  and  your load  make a thorough inspection every day before  you drive  You will save maintenance time later  and the  safety checks could help prevent a serious accident   Please remember  too  that the Federal law requires a pre   trip inspection and so do commercial trucking companies     You are not expected to become a professional mechanic   The purpose of your inspections is to find anything that  might interfere with the safe and efficient transportation of  yourself  any passengers  and your load  If you do find  something wrong and cannot fix it yourself  have an  Authorized Service Center or qualified mechanic repair  your vehicle right away     The following operations are to be performed by the  driver  Performing these checks and following the mainte   nance procedures in this manual will help keep your  Medium Duty vehicle running properly     Medium Duty  R05 09     Y53 6027    For your safety  as well as those around you  be a respon   sible driver        f you drink  do not drive     Do not drive if you are tired  ill  or under emotional  stress     Much has gone into the manufacturing of your Medium  Duty vehicle  including advanced engineering techniques   rigid quality control  and demanding inspections  These  manufacturing processes will
92. agnostics    Faults Found       The diagnostic display menu  bullet  will indicate a  fault that is generated by the vehicle s Engine  ABS  and or Transmission systems  While on this menu  item the display will either indicate  No Faults    Y53 6027    INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS    Found  or  Faults Found   If  Faults Found  is active   pushing the MCS will display new menus for more  information       Transmission Display  Automated Transmissions    only   Accessible while parked or driving     NOTE  Refer to the Automated Transmission  Operator s Manual for additional information        This menu will show gear number that coincides with  the current transmission gear selected  The menu  also displays the transmission icon to let the user  know what screen they are in   Does not indicate a  fault code        Settings Menu  Accessible only while parked     The Settings menu screen allows the driver to view  and or change the following menu items        35     INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS    Display Format 12 Hour  AM PM  or 24 Hour   military     Home Local Time    Alarm ON OFF    Alarm Time    Units of measure      Language  English  Spanish or French     Settings       To Set Clock Display Format     1  When in the Settings Menu  scroll through the  list of menu items to  Format      2  Press the MCS to display either 12 hour  AM   PM  or 24 hour  military  time         96   Y53 6027    CONTROLS AND DISPLAYS    Exit  Alarm  Off    Time  Home    Format  12Hr E       To Set Home  
93. ake and could cause gear hang up     Medium Duty  R05 09     Y53 6027    OPERATING THE TRANSMISSION    CAUTION  Be careful not to apply the clutch  brake while the vehicle is moving  The pur   pose of the clutch brake is to stop the trans   mission so that you can shift into a starting  gear without grinding gears  Applying the  clutch brake when the vehicle is moving  causes a braking effect on the drivetrain  and shortens the service life of the clutch  brake     Double Clutching    Whether you are upshifting or down shifting  it is best to  double clutch  Double clutching is easier on the transmis   sion and on the engine  helping your vehicle match engine  speed with driveline speed and achieving clash free  shifts     To double clutch   1  Push the clutch pedal down to disengage the clutch   2  Move the gear shift lever to Neutral     3  Release the pedal to engage the clutch  This lets you  control the rpm of the mainshaft gears  allowing you to  match the rpm of the mainshaft gears to those of the  output shaft       101     OPERATING THE TRANSMISSION      Upshifts  let the engine and gears slow down to the  rpm required for the next gear      Downshifts  press accelerator  increase engine and  gear speed to the rpm required in the lower gear     4  Now quickly press the pedal to disengage the clutch  and move the gear shift lever to the next gear speed  position     5  Release the pedal to engage the clutch     More Transmission Tips     Riding  the Clutch    The clut
94. ake linings should be inspected for wear by a qualified  mechanic at an Authorized Service Center  See Table 2    Maintenance Schedule     Page 157  In severe service  applications inspect the linings more frequently       186      Y53 6027    Preventive Maintenance    Automatic Slack Adjusters    Your Medium Duty vehicle is equipped with automatic brake   slack  adjusters     Periodically  brake adjustment should be checked using  the following procedure     1  Check brakes when the temperature of the service brake  linings are cool and the system air pressure is at 100 psi   690 kPa  minimum    2  Release the parking brakes to allow the slack adjusters  to retract    3  Measure the retracted pushrod length from the face of  the brake chamber to the center of the pushrod pin    4  Apply 80 to 90 psi brake application and measure the  same distance    5  The difference is the pushrod travel distance  applied  stroke      Verify that the result is within the correct range  see Table 4    Brake Adjuster Stroke    Correctly installed and functioning  brakes  auto slack  will produce the strokes listed for each  chamber type     Medium Duty  R05 09     Preventive Maintenance       SLACK  ADJUSTER              BRAKE  CHAMBER     APPLIED STROKE     01830          Measuring Pushrod Travel    Table4 Brake Adjuster Stroke                      Medium Duty  R05 09     80 90 PSI  552     621 KPA  BRAKE APPLICATION  AIR CHAMBER BRAKE PUSHROD TRAVEL  TYPE  Size   Applied Stroke   20 Front 
95. and shackle pinch bolts to 105 Ib  ft   142 N  m      Medium Duty  R05 09     Preventive Maintenance    REAR AXLE AND SUSPENSION    General Maintenance    the parking brake set and wheels chocked  securely  If the vehicle is not secured to prevent  uncontrolled vehicle movement  it could roll and  cause death  personal injury or damage to the  vehicle     1 WARNING  Do not work on the vehicle without     Use wood blocks  4 in  X 4 in  or larger  against  the front and rear surfaces of the tires  Be sure  the vehicle cannot move     Your vehicle s suspension  by design  requires a minimal  amount of maintenance  However  suspensions in    over the   road  operations require periodic inspection to ensure trou   ble free performance     bolts are not properly tightened  Loose U bolts  do not properly secure the axle to the suspen   sion  This could cause loss of vehicle control  and an accident resulting in death or injury   Loose U bolts can also cause uneven tire wear  and poor alignment     f WARNING  Do not operate the vehicle if the U     Medium Duty  R05 09     Y53 6027    Rear Axle and Suspension    torque values or to replace worn parts can cause  component system failure  possibly resulting in  an accident causing death or injury  Improperly  tightened  loose  suspension U bolts can lead  to unsafe vehicle conditions  including  hard  steering  axle misalignment  spring breakage or  abnormal tire wear  See the Fastener Torque  Tables for proper torque specifications    
96. arging should be  washed off with a solution of warm water and baking  soda to neutralize the acid  If you accidentally get acid in  your eyes or on your skin  immediately rinse with cold  water for several minutes and call a doctor   Do not charge a frozen battery  allow it to thaw out first   And always allow the battery to thaw gradually   do not  apply direct heat  Gas trapped in the ice may cause an  explosion   Never use a fast charger as a booster to start the engine   This can seriously damage sensitive electronic compo   nents such as relays  radio  etc   as well as the battery  charger  Fast charging a battery is dangerous and  should only be attempted by a competent mechanic with  the proper equipment     Preventive Maintenance    Slow Battery Charging    il    NOTE  Follow the instructions that come with your  battery charger       It is not necessary to remove the battery from the com     partment   WARNING  Charger cables must be connected     N positive to positive    to    and negative to neg     N    Y53 6027    ative      to       If connected improperly  batteries  could explode causing death or serious per   sonal injury     eAlways make sure the battery charger is OFF  before connecting or disconnecting the cable  clamps  To reduce the danger of explosions and  resulting death or serious personal injury  do  not connect or disconnect charger cables while  the charger is operating       Make sure the electrolyte level in each cell is between    the  MIN  a
97. arting Vehicles    Because of the various battery installations and optional  electrical systems  Peterbilt does not recommend that you  attempt to jump start your vehicle  If you have a battery prob   lem  it is best to contact a Peterbilt Dealer or a reputable tow   ing service     However  if your battery is discharged  dead   you may be  able to start it by using energy from a good battery in another  vehicle  This is termed  jump starting   Be sure to follow the  precautions and instructions below     WARNING  Batteries contain acid that can burn    N and gases that can explode  Ignoring safety pro   cedures can cause you or others to be killed or  badly hurt     WARNING  Never jump start a battery near fire    AN flames  or electrical sparks  Batteries generate  explosive gases that could explode causing  death or serious personal injury  Keep sparks   flame  and lighted cigarettes away from batter   ies         222     Y53 6027    Preventive Maintenance    WARNING  Do not allow battery fluid to contact  eyes  Skin  fabrics  or painted surfaces  Always  wear eye protection  Battery acid that may spill  during charging should be washed off with a  solution of warm water and baking soda to neu   tralize the acid  If you accidentally get acid in  your eyes or on your skin  immediately rinse  with cold water for several minutes and call a  doctor      Be careful that metal tools  or any metal in con   tact with the positive terminal  do not contact  the positive battery ter
98. at locks  the wheels      Medium Duty  R05 09     Y53 6027    OPERATING THE REAR DRIVE AXLE    mission  it may be necessary to shift the trans   mission to the Neutral position momentarily to  allow the main inter axle differential lock splines  to fully engage or disengage     mn NOTE  If your vehicle has an automatic trans     4  Drive the vehicle through the poor traction area  keep   ing your speed under 25 mph  40 km h      To UNLOCK the inter axle differential     1  When you reach dry pavement or better road condi   tions where the differential lock is not needed  switch  the differential lock to UNLOCK     2  Let up momentarily on the accelerator pedal to relieve  torque and allow the clutch to disengage     3  When you unlock the differential  normal vehicle han   dling will resume and the light on the warning module  will turn off      129        MORE DRIVING TIPS AND TECHNIQUES    More Driving Tips and Techniques    AN    A    WARNING  Low air pressure could make the  brakes unsafe for driving  Before driving the  vehicle  make sure the pressure does pump  up to over 100 psi for normal brake operation   If the air pressure does not pump up to at  least 100 psi  don t try to move the vehicle as  it may cause an accident  possibly resulting in  death or personal injury     CAUTION  Operating a vehicle with air sus   pension bags either overinflated or underin   flated may cause damage to driveline  components  If a vehicle must be operated  under such conditions  do 
99. ate a warm tire to the  specified pressure       CAUTION  Pressure should be checked when    Underinflated tires will adversely affect the operation of  the vehicle and tires       making steering difficult     causing extra strain on the tire sidewalls     reducing the tread life of tires due to the high tempera   tures generated from excess flexing of the tire   Inflate tires to the manufacturer s cold air pressure spec   ification molded into the tire side wall     Lower tire pressure does not give you more traction on ice or  snow  Underinflation actually reduces traction and steering  control  See the tire manufacturer s Drivers Handbook for  more information on proper operation and use of tires     Proper Inflation  the correct  profile for full contact with the  road     00137a    TREAD CONTACT      WITH ROAD       Medium Duty  R05 09     Preventive Maintenance    Underinflation  causes abnor   mal tire deflection  which builds  up excessive heat  running the  sindici pid nci Wm   cosse risk of failure  It also causes  irregular wear     00138a    CONTACT WITH ROAD    Overinflation  reduces the  tread contact area with the road  surface  concentrating all of the  vehicle weight on the center of  the tread  This causes prema   ture wear of the tire      Too much air pressure reduces the tire tread contact  area and results in rapid wear in the center of the tire  It  also causes tires to run hard and makes them more vul   nerable to impact and other road hazard damage  
100. ate of manufac   ture before waxing      Do not apply wax in the hot sun    Never dust off dry surfaces with a cloth because it will  scratch the finishes     Cleaning the Chassis    agents are not recommended      Do not use stiff brushes  paper towels  steel wool  or  abrasive cleaning compounds because they will  scratch painted  plated  and polished metal sur   faces    3  Rinse surfaces frequently while washing to flush away  dirt that might scratch the finishes during the washing  operation     Medium Duty  R05 09  Y53 6027    oil leak develops  you will be able to detect it easier   Corrosive materials used for ice and snow removal and  dust control can collect on the underbody  If these mate   rials are not removed  accelerated corrosion  rust  can  occur on underbody parts such as fuel lines  frames   floor pan  and exhaust system   even though they have  been provided with corrosion protection      231        Cab Maintenance    At least every spring  flush these materials from the under  body with plain water  Be sure to clean any area where mud  and other debris can collect  Sediment packed in closed  areas of the frame should be loosened before being flushed   If desired  your Peterbilt Dealer or Authorized Service Center  can do this service for you     Cleaning Cab Interiors    Peterbilt cab and sleeper interiors are built using a variety  of different materials including fabrics  carpet  polyure   thane  and painted plastic surfaces  These cleaning pro   cedure
101. ation  This will maintain the design  integrity of the mounting points for the seat belt assembly   Contact your Authorized Peterbilt Dealer if you have any  questions concerning seat belt replacement         237      Cab Maintenance    Windshield Wipers Washer    Check wiper blades annually or every 60 000 miles  96 000  km   Anco 18 inch  450mm  wiper blades are recommended     The windshield washer tank is located inside the engine  compartment below the radiator expansion tank  See   Washer Reservoir  on page 201  Check the windshield  washing fluid level weekly  If necessary  fill to top     long period  more than 15 seconds  with a dry       CAUTION  If the electric pump is operated for a  reservoir  the pump rotor may be damaged     Clean all inside and outside windows regularly  Use an alco   hol based cleaning solution and wipe dry with either a lint   free or a chamois cloth  Avoid running the wiper blades over  a dry windshield to prevent scratching the glass  Spray on  washer fluid first  A scratched windshield will reduce visibility         238      Y53 6027    Preventive Maintenance           WINDSHIELD  WASHER FLUID  TANK       02391             Windshield Washer Fluid Tank  Washer Reservoir    ant in the windshield washer reservoir   damage      CAUTION  Do not use antifreeze or engine cool   to seals and other components will result     Weekly  check reservoir water level  located in the engine  compartment under the coolant expansion tank  If necessary   fil
102. ation  and mainte   nance  Neglect could cause belt failure  The result could be  the loss of the electrical or air system as well as possible  engine damage from overheating  So it s a very good idea to  check your belts frequently and replace them as soon as you  detect trouble     Follow this procedure to install an accessory drive belt     1  Rotate the new belt around the pulleys  and then rotate  the automatic tensioner so that the idler pulley swings  toward the belt routing  Figure 1 shows an example of  the rotation direction to release the tensioner    2  Slip the belt around the idler pulley attached to the auto   matic tensioner    3  Release the automatic tensioner    4  Check the belt alignment on each pulley  The belt must  fall between the flanges of each pulley     Medium Duty  R05 09     Engine Maintenance                   Y53 6027    Engine Fan    Thermatic  Clutch      Type Fan    engine running  The engine fan can engage at  any time without warning  Anyone near the fan  when it turns on could be killed or seriously  injured  Before turning on the ignition  be sure  that no one is near the fan     1 WARNING  Do not work on the fan with the     177        Engine Cooling System    To Check the Fan       Check the fan assembly mounting bolts for tightness   Inspect the blades for damage     Check the clutch operation by starting the engine when it  is cold  Then idle it at about 800 RPM  Listen for air  leaks   Check that the fan is not working while the en
103. aution  the pressurized  fluid from the master cylinder has two mutually indepen   dent circuits  The primary circuit supplies the front wheels  while the secondary circuit supplies the rear wheels  The  displaced fluid from the master cylinder travels through  brake pipes terminating at the wheel cylinders which actu   ate the brake pad mechanisms  Actuation of these mech   anisms force the brake pads against the rotors to stop the  wheels     A reserve electric motor pump provides a redundant  power source for the hydraulic booster in the event normal  flow from the power steering pump is interrupted  Manual  braking is also available in the event both the power and  reserve systems are inoperative     WARNING  Never drive your vehicle with the  parking brakes applied  Always release the  parking brakes prior to moving the vehicle   Failure to disengage the parking brakes prior  to moving your vehicle could result in exces   sive heat build up of the brakes and start a  fire  possibly causing death  personal injury or  porperty damage      121         USING THE BRAKE SYSTEM    significant torque and startability power at low  RPM  Combinations of engine speed and avail   able torque may over power the vehicle s parking  brakes     mn NOTE  Today s diesel electronic engines have    cle safety system  For the safety of you and  others around you  have the vehicle submitted  for periodic preventive maintenance checks  as well as having any suspected problems  immediately check
104. available for a  minimal charge from your Peterbilt Dealer or direct from the  component manufacturer  In addition  supporting manuals  and literature are included in the glove compartment of your  Medium Duty vehicle     Preventive Maintenance Intervals and  Schedule    Your preventive maintenance program begins with daily  checks you perform  See  Driver s Check List  on page 13   If your Medium Duty vehicle is serviced regularly  you can  avoid many large  expensive  and time consuming repairs  as    Medium Duty  R05 09     Y53 6027    Maintenance Schedule and Lubrication    well as ensuring many years of safe and smooth operation   Also  be advised that neglect of recommended service may  in some cases void your vehicle s warranty  So  for your  safety and life of your vehicle  please follow Table 2     Mainte   nance Schedule     Page 157  But remember  there may be  maintenance operations that demands skills and equipment  you do not have  If so  please take your Medium Duty vehicle  to an expert mechanic  for your safety and your vehicle s per   formance     WARNING  It can be dangerous to attempt main    AN tenance work without sufficient training  service  manuals  and the proper tools  You could be  killed  injured or you could make your vehicle  unsafe  Do only those tasks you are fully trained  and equipped to do     In severe operating conditions such as mining  logging  or  earth moving  you will need to perform maintenance checks  and services more frequently  
105. cal circuits  a short circuit may occur  causing death  injury or property damage     1 WARNING  Before attempting any work on the    Removing and Installing Batteries     1  Be sure all switches on the vehicle are turned OFF   2  Disconnect negative ground cable    3  Disconnect positive cable    4  Unscrew bolt of holding plate with open end wrench     To reinstall batteries     1  Place batteries in vehicle and tighten bolt of holding  plate    2  Reconnect positive cable    3  Reconnect negative ground cable     Medium Duty  R05 09     Y53 6027    Electrical System    Battery Care    Regular attention to the charging system will help prolong the  service life of the batteries  Here are some common causes  of battery failure     Overcharge  this condition results from improper voltage  regulator adjustment  It results in overheating of the battery   warped plates  and evaporation of electrolyte     Undercharge  the voltage regulator is malfunctioning or is  improperly adjusted  the drive belt is slipping  or your vehicle  has undergone long periods of standing idle or short distance  driving  These conditions result in battery plates becoming  covered with a hard coating     Vibration  loose battery hold downs may cause battery  plate failure     Short Circuits  these discharge the battery by draining  electricity     Dirty or Loose Connections  improper connections may  stop the flow of electrical power to and from the battery         221      Electrical System    Jump St
106. ch is not a footrest  Do not drive with your foot  resting on the clutch pedal  It will allow your clutch to slip   causing excessive heat and wear   damage could result     Release Bearing Wear    When you must idle your engine for any period of time   shift your transmission to Neutral and disengage the  clutch  take your foot OFF of the pedal   This helps pre   vent unnecessary wear to your clutch release bearing   and it is less tiring for you  too      102     Y53 6027    STARTING AND OPERATING THE VEHICLE    Clutch Adjustment    Inspect manual clutches according to the manufacturer s  recommendations  Regular maintenance should be fol   lowed to maintain correct clutch adjustment  Have your  dealer s Service Department perform any adjustment nec   essary     Tips     Always use the clutch when making upshifts or down   shifts      Always select a starting gear that will provide suffi   cient gear reduction for the load and terrain      Never downshift when the vehicle is moving too fast      Never slam or jerk the shift lever to complete gear  engagement      Never coast with the transmission in Neutral and the  clutch disengaged      To provide smooth gear engagements while shifting   use proper coordination between shift lever and  clutch     Medium Duty  R05 09     STARTING AND OPERATING THE VEHICLE OPERATING THE TRANSMISSION    Operating Automatic Transmissions There may not be a    park    position with your automatic  transmission  Always be sure you apply the par
107. cific tire revolutions per  mile  Use of a tire and or wheel size different  from that originally installed on your vehicle  may cause the ABS system to not function  during a hard braking event  This could cause  an accident  resulting in death or personal  injury  Consult with your Peterbilt dealer  before using a different tire and or wheel size  than was originally installed on your vehicle     Parking Brake Burnishing      N      126      WARNING  If a new drum or new brake shoes  are installed  the driveline brake must be bur   nished  Failure to properly burnish the park   ing brake before putting it in service could  result in an inoperative parking brake  possi   ble vehicle rollaway  and death  personal  injury or damage to the vehicle     STARTING AND OPERATING THE VEHICLE    This procedure is recommended for new vehicles where  less lever actuation force is required  This procedure is  mandatory whenever the driveline brake shoes or brake  drum are replaced     1     Y53 6027    Drive the vehicle at 15 mph  24 km h  in a low gear   first or second  on a dry  hard road surface       Apply the parking brake lever with a moderate force     approximately 40 pounds  until the vehicle is  brought to a stop  Do not allow the wheels to lock up       After stopping  release the parking brake lever and    drive the vehicle at 20 mph  32 km h  in a low gear  for approximately 2 5 miles  to allow the brake drum  to cool       Repeat steps 1  2  and 3 above until a total of 10
108. crosstube      lack of lubrication        243      Steering and Driveline    If these checks do not reveal the problem  or if you correct  them and still have a steering problem  take your truck to an  authorized Peterbilt Dealer for evaluation     Fluid Level and Refill    Have the power steering fluid and filters changed at an  Authorized Service Center       Check and completely change the fluid level according to  Table 1     Recommended Maintenance Intervals      Page 154  Use the following procedure     NOTE  Before removing reservoir cover  wipe  outside of cover so that no dirt can fall into the  reservoir     The power steering fluid reservoir is attached to an under   hood bracket on the LH side of the engine       Maximum   Minimum level is marked on the reservoir   These same levels are also marked by lines on the dip   stick in the reservoir      There are two ways to check whether the power steering  fluid is at its proper level  Both checks are with the  engine NOT running         244     Y53 6027    Preventive Maintenance             RESERVOIR       02603          Power Steering Fluid Reservoir    1     If you check the fluid with the engine and steering sys   tem COLD the fluid level should be at or above the Mini   mum indicator level and should generally not exceed the  middle point between Maximum and Minimum level indi   cators       If you check the fluid with the engine and steering sys     tem WARM the fluid should NOT exceed the Maximum  level indicat
109. d circuit  allowing this  circuit to continue normal operation  The trailer brakes are  still functional        112  Y53 6027    braking system  always avoid completely  depressing the service brake pedal  if possi   ble  even during emergency braking   Depressing the brake pedal too aggressively  can cause the wheels to lock  which can lead  to an uncontrolled skid and can result in an  accident involving death or personal injury     WARNING  Unless you have an anti lock    For Non ABS Vehicles  To stop your vehicle in an emer   gency  vary the service brake application pressure to pro   vide maximum braking force without locking the wheels     Medium Duty  R05 09     STARTING AND OPERATING THE VEHICLE    Use engine compression to assist the service brakes by  not depressing the clutch pedal until the engine reaches  idle speed     Overheated Brakes    Under normal braking conditions  the energy generated  will bring the internal brake drum temperature to about  500  F  260  C   This is well within the safe zone  the max   imum safe temperature of lining for drum type brakes is  usually about 800 F  427  C      But if service brakes are used for emergency braking   used improperly  or for prolonged periods  internal brake  drum temperatures may exceed 800  F  427  C   Such  brake overheating may be detected by a burning smell or  smoke coming from a drum  If this occurs  you should  immediately stop and check for cracked brake drums or  lining fires  If neither exists  get b
110. d dry  ser   vice  tanks are located behind the battery box and on the  frame rail  the supply tank is below the front service tank   See  Air Tanks  on page 162     The wet tank receives air from the air dryer and cools it  somewhat  allowing moisture to condense for draining   Relatively dry air is then supplied to the two service tanks  for distribution to their respective brake circuits  The ser   vice tanks are isolated from each other by check valves     Dual Service Brake Treadle Valve  delivers air to the two  service brake circuits    Double Check Valve  directs the higher air pressure from  either the rear  primary  or front  secondary  service tank  to the modulating valve     Modulating Valve  SR   1   used only on full trucks  not  tractors  It performs four functions       Limits spring brake hold off air pressure delivered to  the spring brake chambers      Provides a quick release of air pressure from the  spring brake chambers to speed spring brake applica   tion      119     USING THE BRAKE SYSTEM      Modulates spring brake application in proportion to  front service application in the event of a rear service  failure      Prevents compounding of service and spring applica   tions     Relay valve  full truck   speeds up the application of the  rear service brake  It also incorporates a quick release  feature     Brake Proportioning  BP R1  valve  tractor   this valve  delivers air to the tractor s service brake chambers  It  automatically proportions the dr
111. d equipment  two keys are provided for the  doors and ignition  When necessary  additional locks and  keys are provided for storage compartments     WARNING  To help lessen the chance and or  severity of death or personal injury in case of  an accident  always lock the doors while driv   ing  Along with using the lap shoulder belts  properly  locking the doors helps prevent  doors from inadvertently opening and occu   pants from being ejected from the vehicle     Medium Duty  R05 09     Y53 6027    To lock or unlock the doors from outside the cab       Insert the key in the door lock     Turn the key toward the rear door frame to lock  for   ward to unlock     Cab and Frame Access    The following cab and frame entry exit procedure recom   mendations were prepared with personal safety foremost  in mind     into the cab without proper caution  You could  slip or fall  possibly suffering death or serious  injury  You could slip and fall if the steps are  wet or icy  or if you step in fuel  oil  grease   snow or mud     f WARNING  Do not jump out of the cab or get    To help avoid personal injury due to a slip or fall     e ALWAYS FACE TORWARDS THE CAB AND USE THREE  POINTS OF CONTACT  TWO FEET  ONE HAND OR ONE  FOOT  TWO HANDS  TO GRIP THE STEPS OR HANDHOLDS  WHENEVER POSSIBLE AND LOOK WHERE YOU ARE GOING      9          N                      02611                  Use even more care when steps and handholds  or  footwear  are wet  coated with ice  snow  mud  oil   fuel  or gr
112. d for extended periods of time  fill the tanks to 95  percent of capacity  Never fill to more than 95 percent  capacity as this provides room for expansion resulting  from temperature extremes  When refueling  add approxi   mately the same amount to each fuel tank on vehicles  with more than one tank      147        SHUT DOWN      N      N      148      WARNING  Do not carry additional fuel con   tainers in your vehicle  Fuel containers  either  full or empty  may leak  explode  and cause or  feed a fire  possibly causing death or personal  injury  Do not carry extra fuel containers  even  empty ones are dangerous     WARNING  Diesel fuel in the presence of an  ignition source  such as a cigarette  could  cause an explosion  You could be killed or  seriously injured  A mixture of gasoline or  alcohol with diesel fuel increases this risk of  explosion        Do not remove a fuel tank cap near an open  flame     e Use only the fuel and or additives recom   mended for your engine     STARTING AND OPERATING THE VEHICLE    Specification  Use only Diesel Fuel  Grade 2 D  as rec   ommended by engine manufacturers  If you need further  information on Grade 2 D fuel specifications  consult the  Engine Operation and Maintenance Manual     Location of Fuel Shut Off Valves    If your vehicle is equipped with shut off valves for the take   off and return lines  they are located on the fuel lines  entering the top of the fuel tank  Fuel shut off valves for  the fuel crossover line are on t
113. d on the dash  The Red   octagon shaped  Trailer Air Supply Control knob on  tractors will automatically pop out   An optional dash  warning light will indicate when the brake is ON      2  Shift the transmission into PARK position     manual transmission  select First or Reverse gear    automatic transmission  select Neutral     3  Turn the key to OFF   4  Remove the key           02394 1             Full Truck Parking Brake Control Knob    Medium Duty  R05 09     STARTING AND OPERATING THE VEHICLE        2  Trailer Air Supply  Control  Red      1  Parking Brake Control   Yellow     A TO DB     TRAILERS    SUP  NOT FOR PARKING          02394             Combination  Tractor Trailer  Parking Brake Control Valves    The parking brakes act on the rear wheels only  They are  spring applied  with air pressure used to release them   Release air is supplied by both the front and rear circuit  reservoirs through a double check valve     To release the truck or tractor parking brakes ONLY       Push IN the Yellow knob on the dash  Your trailer will  remain parked     Below 60 psi  414 kPa  the Yellow parking brake valve  remains OUT  ON position   If air pressure is not  restored above 60 psi  414 kPa   the knob will auto   matically return to the OUT position if you attempt to  push it in  See page 43 for more information     Medium Duty  R05 09     Y53 6027    USING THE BRAKE SYSTEM    To release the trailer brakes ONLY       Push IN the Red knob on the dash  The truck or trac   to
114. derstood recom   mended procedures  Some components  contain powerful springs and injury or death    Y53 6027    hold vehicle while parked  This control uti   lizes air pressure for brake application   Because acceptable air leakage levels cause  all truck air systems to gradually lose pres   sure  vehicle rollaway could occur  resulting  in an accident and death or injuries     Always apply the tractor and trailer parking  brakes when the vehicle is unattended        195     Air System    Contamination of the air supply system is the major cause of    problems in air operated components such as brake valves     wiper motors  and suspension height control valves  To keep  contaminants to the lowest possible level  follow these main     tenance procedures     Table5 Air System Scheduled Maintenance    Preventive Maintenance    Scheduled Maintenance    Use Table 5   Air System Scheduled Maintenance     to  schedule service operations and air system tests        MAXIMUM INTERVALS       TEST    Air Compressor    EACH WEEK    EACH MONTH   10 000 mi   16 000  km     THREE MONTHS   25 000 mi   40 000  km        SIX MONTHS   50 000 mi   80 000    ANNUALLY   100 000 mi   km   160 000 km        Air Governor       System Leakage       Dual Air Brake Treadle Valve       Hand Operated Trailer Brake Valve       Tractor Parking Valve       Parking Brake Valve       Trailer Air Supply       Tractor Protection Valves       Relay Valve       Spring Brake Inversion Valve       Automatic Limitin
115. dium Duty  R05 09     INTRODUCTION    Medium Duty Body Builders  Manual  Contains general  guidelines on mechanical and electrical modifications  required by your dealer to add bodies  accessories  and  special equipment to straight truck configurations     WARNING  Modifying your vehicle can make it  unsafe  Some modifications can affect your  vehicle s electrical system  stability  or other  important functions  Before modifying your  vehicle  check with your dealer to make sure it  can be done safely  Improper modifications  can cause death or personal injury     Preventive Maintenance Section    The Preventive Maintenance section  pages 116     226  in  this manual contains general service information for the  operator  such as  lubrication points  making adjustments   and other helpful service information  This is summary  information only  used for general maintenance of major  components installed on your Medium Duty  For detailed  service information see your Medium Duty Maintenance  Manual     When it comes time for major service work  your Peterbilt  Dealer or Authorized Service Center will need vehicle and  component information  To help you gather this vehicle    Medium Duty  R05 09     Y53 6027    information  see  Consumer Information and Vehicle Iden   tification    on page 226  This section explains vehicle iden   tification and provides space to record model and serial  numbers of major components installed on your vehicle     Additional Sources of Informatio
116. do  so may allow the hood to fall unexpectedly             resulting in death or personal injury     To close the hood  you must first release the hood safety  lock     WARNING  Before closing the hood  be sure  the area is clear   no people or objects are in  the way  Failure to do so may result in death or  personal injury    CAUTION  To avoid hood damage when clos   A ing the hood  firmly pull the cable to release  the hold open lock     Locate the hood lock release cable as shown in the illus   tration below  The cable is located on the Drivers side  bumper  visable when the hood is in the open position              14        Y53 6027 Medium Duty  R05 09     ENGINE ACCESS    Medium Duty  R05 09     if    HOOD HOLD DOWNS AND TILT    After lowering the hood  latch the hood closed with the    hold downs     WARNING  If the hood is not latched securely   AN it could open during operation and cause an  accident resulting in death or personal injury   Be sure the hood is latched securely before    moving the vehicle                    LATCHED    Y53 6027       15       INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS CONTROLS AND DISPLAYS    Controls and Displays    Instruments and Controls The dash includes standard gauges and switches  Your  vehicle may come with all or some of the switches and  gauges discussed here  The location of switches on the  dash will vary depending on the options ordered and how  your vehicle was configured     Introduction    Your Medium Duty vehicle s dashboard is shown 
117. does not result from any change in the manner  in which Peterbilt Motors Company trucks are  manufactured     f WARNING  Diesel engine exhaust and some of    lubricants  oil and grease  can be poisonous      WARNING  Handle lubricants carefully  Vehicle  and cause death  injury or sickness       152     Y53 6027    Preventive Maintenance    How to Order Parts    Replacement parts can be ordered through your local Peter   bilt Dealer  For service parts information  two parts catalogs  are also available  the Medium Duty Operator s Parts Catalog  and the Peterbilt Electronic Parts Catalog  ECAT   When  ordering replacement parts  please provide the Medium Duty  vehicle   s Chassis Serial Number  See Page 265     Operator s Parts Catalog a complete  non illustrated listing  of the Final Chassis Bill of Material  It includes all parts used  to custom build your Medium Duty     Electronic Parts Catalog a complete illustrated parts listing  for your specific vehicle  with drawings and exploded views   available only in electronic CD ROM format     Medium Duty  R05 09     Preventive Maintenance    MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE AND  LUBRICATION    Introduction    The following section summarizes preventive maintenance  and lubrication requirements for the maintenance of your  Medium Duty vehicle  For specific maintenance procedures  and complete lubrication instructions of specific components  consult the Medium Duty Maintenance Manual and manu   facturer s service manuals  These manuals are 
118. e  Lubricate each pivot point on the  clutch linkage      241        Transmission and Clutch    Automatic Transmissions    Service Intervals    Check daily with engine idling  See Table 1     Recom   mended Maintenance Intervals   Page 154 for service  intervals     Preventive Maintenance  Automatic Transmission Oil Level     n NOTE  The vehicle must be parked on level ground     Maintain the oil level and check it daily  Oil should be up to  the    HOT    mark on the dipstick when  1  the engine is run   ning   2  the transmission is at operating temperature  and  3   the transmission is in Neutral  See the Transmission Opera   tor s Manual in the glove compartment for more information  on checking the transmission oil level     Table 10 Transmission Lubrication     Automatic transmissions                AMBIENT  RECOMMENDED TEMPERATURE RANGE  MODEL LUBRICANTS VISCOSITY  SAE   DEG  C DEG  F  ALLISON TranSynd  Castrol  Above  23 Above  10 10W                        242        Y53 6027    Medium Duty  R05 09     Preventive Maintenance    STEERING AND DRIVELINE    Power Steering    Oil  under low pressure  provides the power to operate the  steering gear  It also serves to lubricate moving parts and  remove heat  A loss of steering efficiency will occur if too  much heat builds up in the system     WARNING  Do not operate the vehicle if the    N steering system is not working properly  You  could lose control of your vehicle if the steering  system is not in good working condit
119. e  has reached operating temperatures can  decrease engine temperature and cause  gummed piston rings  clogged injectors  and  possible engine damage from lack of lubrica   tion  The normal torsional vibrations gener   ated can also cause transmission wear     Medium Duty  R05 09  Y53 6027    95     your engine can cool as much as 60  F  33  C  below  normal operating temperature  To keep the engine  warm during a short break  turn it off  Do not allow  your engine to idle longer than five minutes     Engine Fan Switch  Option       During the time it takes you to drink a cup of coffee  f    Your Medium Duty vehicle may have an engine fan switch  installed as an option  The switch  which is mounted on  the accessory switch panel  allows you to control the  engine fan manually or automatically     e With the ignition key switch ON and the fan switch in  the ON position  the engine fan will be on regardless  of engine temperature    e With the engine fan switch in the AUTOMATIC posi   tion  the engine fan will automatically turn on when  the engine coolant reaches a temperature of about  200 F  93  C                  96     Y53 6027    STARTING AND OPERATING THE VEHICLE    WARNING  Do not work on or near the fan  with the engine running  Anyone near the  engine fan when it turns on could be killed or  seriously injured  If it is set at MANUAL  the  fan will turn on any time the ignition key  switch is turned to the ON position  In AUTO  it  could engage suddenly without warning
120. e Do not drive with your seat belt loose  A  seat belt that is too loose can allow you to  fall too far forward  possibly causing head  and neck injuries  resulting in death or per   sonal injury  You could strike the wheel or  the windshield  Adjust your belt so that  there is no more than 1 in   25mm  of slack     Y53 6027    SEATS    WARNING  Do not wear the shoulder belt  under your arm or otherwise out of position   In a crash your body would move too far for   ward  increasing the chance of death or head  and neck injury  Also  the belt would apply too  much force to the ribs  which are not as strong  as your shoulder bones  and could cause you  to suffer internal injuries  Wear the shoulder  belt over your shoulder  see  Safety Restraint  Belts  on page 75      WARNING  Do not twist the belt in the process  of putting it on  A twisted belt will not work as  well to protect you  In a crash  the full width of  the belt would not be protecting you  A  twisted belt could cut into your body and  cause death or serious injuries  Straighten the  belt before buckling it  If you are unable to  wear it without twisting it  have your dealer or  service person repair it as soon as possible           Medium Duty  R05 09     SEATS    Safety Restraint Tips    sons Not to be Transported  Federal law prohib     n NOTE  Per FMCSH 392 60   Unauthorized Per     Medium Duty  R05 09     its the transportation of persons in commercial  vehicles unless they are specifically authorized  in wri
121. e Interval  G2 Synthetic Lube Required     500 000 Drain  Table 2 Maintenance Schedule  INTERVAL COMMENTS  gEe EE EE  OPERATION   FREQUENCY es 989 88  ooloco oo  UN  Pealss  INITIAL DRIVE IN A B Cc  Clutch Brake  Clutch Pedal Free Travel inches       Glass for Cracks or Chips       Door Window Operation                                                 Radio  Interior Lights  Interior Appearance  Seats  Floor Mats  Door Panels  Headliner  Sleeper  Dash  Covers  Wiper Operation    Medium Duty  R05 09  Y53 6027        157     Maintenance Schedule and Lubrication      158     Table2 Maintenance Schedule    Preventive Maintenance                                                                                                 INTERVAL COMMENTS  gEE  Eb EE  OPERATION   FREQUENCY 8 8 SS 3s  VYNITA S9S8  Wiper Blade Condition  Horns  Electric and Air   Mirrors  SAFETY EQUIPMENT A B Cc  Drain Water from Air Tanks  Air Tank Check Valve  Emergency Operation of Spring Brakes  Air Press  Build up time  min   Governed Air Pressure  psi  Air Press  Drop   Brakes not Applied         Air Press  Drop Brakes Applied         Fire Extinguisher Charge  Flare Kit   Reflectors  CIRCLE INSPECTION A B Cc  Physical Damage   Exterior Sheet Metal  Grille and Radiator  Trailer Light Cord and Connectors  Air Lines and Gladhands  5th Wheel Mounting and Condition  Pintle   Hook Eye Condition  Headlights     High and Low Beams  Road Lights  Marker Lights  Turn Signals  Y53 6027          Medium Duty  R05 09     P
122. e entering the cab or sleeper   Investigate the cause of the fumes and correct  it as soon as possible  If the vehicle must be  driven under these conditions  drive only with    CONTROLS AND DISPLAY    the windows open  Failure to repair the source of the  exhaust fumes may lead to death  injury or personal    harm     il    Y53 6027    NOTES       Keep the engine exhaust system and the vehi   cle s cab sleeper ventilation system properly  maintained  It is recommended that the vehicle s  exhaust system and cab sleeper be inspected         By a competent technician every 15 000 miles        Whenever a change is noticed in the sound of  the exhaust system        Whenever the exhaust system  underbody  cab  or sleeper is damaged    eTo allow for proper operation of the vehicle venti   lation system  keep the inlet grille at the base of  the windshield clear of snow  ice  leaves and  other obstructions at all times     Medium Duty  R05 09     CONTROLS AND DISPLAY    elf you are required to idle your vehicle for    long periods of time  install an auxiliary  heater or automatic idle control  These auxil       iary devices can reduce fuel consumption  and save you money     elf other vehicles are parked next to you  idling  move your vehicle or do not stay in  your vehicle for prolonged periods of time       When idling for short periods of time     Set to Heat or A C      Set the fan to Medium or High speed     Set the controls to FRESH AIR    To Set the Heater Air Conditioning C
123. e rear  wheels  and one for the trailer  tractors only   The system      104     Y53 6027    STARTING AND OPERATING THE VEHICLE    is supplied by a compressor driven by the engine  The  vehicle s compressor takes outside air and compresses it   usually to 100   130 psi  690   896 kPa   This compressed  air then goes to the reservoirs to be stored until needed     When you operate your air brakes  the stored compressed  air flows into the chambers where it is used to apply your  truck and trailer brakes  That is why  when you push down  on the brake pedal  you do not feel the same amount of  pressure on the pedal that you do when you apply the  brakes on your car  All you are doing on your truck is  opening an air valve to allow air to flow into the brake  chambers     WARNING  The brake system is a critical vehi    AN cle safety system  For the safety of you and  others around you  have the vehicle submitted  for periodic preventive maintenance checks  as well as having any suspected problems  immediately checked by an Authorized Ser   vice Center  Failure to properly maintain your  brake system can lead to serious accidents  involving death or personal injury     Medium Duty  R05 09     STARTING AND OPERATING THE VEHICLE    Brake Operation    enough to wet brake components  as it may  cause the brakes to work less efficiently than  normal  The vehicle s stopping distance may  be longer than expected  and the vehicle may  pull to the left or right when brakes are  applied  wh
124. e tools     Completely bypassing a Bendix AD IS air  dryer will bypass the system s pressure pro   tection valves  This could lead to loss of air  pressure or damage to the vehicle s air sys   tem  which could cause an accident involv   ing death or personal injury  Always adhere  to the manufacturer s procedure if it is nec   essary in an emergency to temporarily  bypass an AD IS series air dryer     f WARNING  Do not release the parking brake or    WARNING  Prior to the removal of any air system   7 component  always block and hold the vehicle  by a secure means other than the vehicle s own  brakes  Depleting air system pressure may  cause the vehicle to roll unexpectedly resulting  in an accident causing death or injuries  Keep  hands away from chamber push rods and slack  adjusters  they may apply as system pressure  drops       Never connect or disconnect a hose or line  containing air pressure  It may whip as air  escapes  Never remove a component or pipe  plug unless you are certain all system pres   sure has been depleted     attempt to move the vehicle until air pressure in  both circuits is at least 100 psi  690 kPa   the  level required for normal brake operation        Do not use the trailer hand brake control to    Medium Duty  R05 09     Never exceed recommended air pressure  and always wear safety glasses when work   ing with air pressure  Never look into air jets  or direct them at anyone     Never attempt to disassemble a component  until you have read and un
125. eaner  muffler  and exhaust pipes   Are they tight and secure     After Engine Warm up      Automatic Transmission   check fluid level in the  automatic transmission oil  if equipped      Medium Duty  R05 09     STARTING AND OPERATING THE VEHICLE    Starting and Operating the Vehicle       Introduction    For detailed information on starting and operating the  engine  refer to the Engine Operation and Maintenance  Manual provided with your Medium Duty vehicle     Because each vehicle is custom equipped  all engine  operation instructions presented in this section are gen   eral  You will want to consult the engine manual to find out  details about your vehicle s specific engine requirements   You may need to use a slightly different procedure from  the one outlined here     Also  read the American Trucking Association s  ATA   Truck Driver s Handbook  It will give you tips on starting   shifting  and driving your vehicle     Medium Duty  R05 09       N      N    Y53 6027    WARNING  Do not use ether or other starting  fluids as a cold starting aid in your Medium  Duty vehicle  Your engine uses either an elec   trical grid or an open flame inside the mani   fold  to heat the air fuel mixture for cold  weather starting  If ether or another starting  fluid is used  the air fuel will ignite inside the  manifold  which could cause an explosion and  death or severe injury     WARNING  Do not start or let the engine run in  an enclosed  unventilated area  Exhaust  fumes from the eng
126. ease     WARNING  Always reinstall the battery com    MN partment cover  step  before entering the cab   Without the battery cover you could slip and  fall  resulting in death or possible injury to  yourself      10  Y53 6027    CAB AND FRAME ACCESS    WARNING  Do not step on vehicle compo   nents without antiskid surfaces or use com   ponents not designed for entry and exit use   You could fall and kill or injure yourself if you  step onto a slippery surface  For example     Do not step onto the surface of a fuel tank   A fuel tank is not a step  The tank surface  can get very slippery  and you might not be  able to prevent a fall     Use only the steps and handholds provided   not chain hooks  quarter fenders  etc     Do not climb onto and off the deck plate     use steps and grab handle provided  If there  is no deck plate  or if proper steps and grab  handles are not provided  do not climb onto  the area behind the cab     Do not climb onto or stand on the frame  rails  The frame rails are very slippery and  could cause you to fall  resulting in death or  personal injury    Keep steps clean  Clean any fuel  oil  debris   ice  snow or grease off the steps before  entering the cab or accessing the deck  plate     Medium Duty  R05 09     CAB AND FRAME ACCESS    ache racks  tool boxes  etc   behind the cab that  affects the utilization of grab handles  deck plates   or frame access steps installed by Peterbilt  should comply with Federal Motor Carrier Safety  Regulation 399  
127. ed by an Authorized Ser   vice Center  Failure to properly maintain your  brake system can lead to accident  resulting  in death or personal injury    f WARNING  The brake system is a critical vehi     Brake Components    The following is a brief description of the hydraulic brake  system  It is intended to supply you with general informa   tion on how the system works  For complete information  see the Peterbilt Medium Duty Maintenance Manual      122        Y53 6027    STARTING AND OPERATING THE VEHICLE    Anti Lock Brake System  ABS  Modulator Valve Body   adjusts brake fluid flow between the master cylinder and  the wheel calipers to avoid wheel lockup     ABS Warning Lamp  lights when the ABS controller  detects wheel lock up while driving and activates the ABS   Lights also when a fault in the ABS is detected     Brake Fluid Reservoir  stores brake fluid and offers a  place to replenish when needed     Brake Master Cylinder  translates brake pedal force into  hydraulic fluid pressure in the primary and secondary cir   cuits     Brake Pedal  applies actuation force from operator s foot  to the master cylinder pistons     Brake Warning Lamp  illuminates when either power  steering fluid flow is interrupted or when a pressure differ   ential is present in the primary and secondary brake fluid  pressure  Either case adversely affects braking operation     Differential Switch  measures the hydraulic fluid pres   sure difference between the primary and secondary cir   cuits  
128. ed in excess  of maximum rated speed  Failure to comply  with these speed restrictions could cause  sudden tire failure which can result in death   personal injury or property damage     Tire Inspection and Replacement    Visually inspect your tires frequently for any abnormal condi   tions such as scrapes  bulges  and uneven wear  This must  be done immediately after known or suspected contact with  an object in the road  with a pothole  road irregularity or after  severe braking  Refer these conditions to an Authorized Tire  Service Center for repair or replacement  Never drive on a  tire if such conditions appear     If the tire looks underinflated  stand off to the side and check  for damage to the wheel assembly  This can be done by visu   ally comparing the wheel in question to other wheels on the    Medium Duty  R05 09     Y53 6027    Tires and Wheels    vehicle  For dual wheel assemblies  check between the  wheels for damage  If any damage is found  or you suspect  damage  do not attempt further repair  Call for expert tire ser   vice     Tire Inflation and Loading    Low pressure is a tire s worst enemy  Underinflation allows  tires to flex improperly  causing high temperatures to build up   Heat causes early tire damage such as flex break  radial  cracks  and ply separation  And low pressure may affect con   trol of your vehicle  especially at the front wheels     flated tires  The extra heat caused by underinfla   tion can cause sudden tire failure such as a tire  
129. egular maintenance is required on  the ABS components     Medium Duty  R05 09     Preventive Maintenance      During wheel balancing  dyno testing  or any time the  ignition is on with part of the ABS disconnected  a failure  code will be recorded  Consult with your Peterbilt Dealer  or Authorized Service Center for information on clearing  the failure code     If  due to operating conditions  a brake application causes  either wheel on the same axle to begin skidding  wheel  speed sensors immediately signal the anti lock controller in  the modulator assembly  The controller responds instantly by  signaling the solenoids in the modulator which activate the air  valves  reducing application pressure as needed to prevent  the wheels from locking up  If this over riding correction is  effective  application pressure is allowed to build up to the  original input     Any malfunction of the anti lock system on one or more axles  will cause the system to fail safe  and the panel mounted  amber warning light will come on  indicating both a malfunc   tion  and automatic shut down of the system  If the founda   tion brake system is intact  the service brakes will continue to  function normally  but without benefit of the anti lock feature     Medium Duty  R05 09     il    Y53 6027    Brake System    NOTE  If one wheel on any driven axle continues to  slip or spin for approximately 4 seconds  this will  cause the anti lock controller for that axle to go into  the fail safe mode  and the
130. elt may need adjustment   To unfasten the belt  Adjust safety belts properly   Push in the release button on the buckle  The belt will         The lap belt should be worn as low and tight on the  spring out of the buckle     hips as possible  Make sure any slack is taken up by         To release a locked belt  lean back to take the body the belt mechanism   pressure off of the belt    The shoulder belt should fit snugly across your body     To store a lap shoulder belt  allow the belt to wind up It should be positioned midway over the shoulder  on the retractor by guiding the belt tongue until the  nearer to the door   it should never rest against your  belt comes to a stop  neck   Lap Belt Shoulder Belt       Too High  on Hips    j  Fr    Correct Incorrect    4    Correct  over arm  Incorrect  under arm  Incorrect  twisted              Safety Restraint Belts    Medium Duty  R05 09  Y53 6027  77       Be sure  also  that your belt is not too loose  A loose  belt could allow you to slide under it in an accident   and that could bring the belt up around your abdo   men      Do not twist the belt in the process of putting it on  A  twisted belt will not work as well to protect you     A       78        WARNING  Always wear your seat belt low  over your pelvic bones       Youcan be killed or seriously injured if your  belt is buckled too high  In a crash  it would  apply force to your abdomen  not your pel   vic bones  This can result in death or seri   ous internal injuries     
131. em  see the pages below     If your truck has a hydraulic brake system  please go to   Hydraulic Brake System  on page 188        Introduction    To operate your vehicle safely  you need some understanding  of its brake systems  Brake adjustment and brake balance  must be set carefully to allow equal stopping forces at all  wheels  Tires are also a very important part of the whole sys   tem  How fast you can stop depends on how much friction  there is between the road and your tires     was configured for ONE of the following opera   tions  tractor or truck  and complies with the  respective portions of FMVSS 121  A tractor  shall not be operated or configured as a truck   nor shall a truck be operated or configured as a  tractor  without significant modifications to the  air brake system in order to retain compliance  with FMVSS 121  Contact your Peterbilt dealer  for instructions        CAUTION  The air brake system of this vehicle       184     Y53 6027    Preventive Maintenance    All of the following areas are interrelated and must conform to  original specifications       cam radius    drum radius    brake chambers      tire size     wedge angle     brake linings     slack adjusters    Once a brake system is set to specifications  changing any  one of its components or any combination of components  may degrade the system  All parts have to work together to  perform as they should     Because your brake system is air operated  see the following  section  Air System  on 
132. engine  manufacturer s Engine Operation and Maintenance Manual  supplied with the vehicle     Fuel System    Specification  Use only Diesel Fuel  Grade 2 D  as recom   mended by engine manufacturers  If you need further infor   mation on Grade 2 D fuel specifications  consult the Engine  Operation Manual in the glove compartment     tion source  such as a cigarette  could cause an  explosion  You could be killed or seriously  injured  A mixture of gasoline or alcohol with  diesel fuel increases this risk of explosion     1 WARNING  Diesel fuel in the presence of an igni     your fuel tank  drain the entire system  Other   wise  the pump and engine will be damaged   Don t try to dilute the gasoline by adding diesel  fuel  see Warning above         CAUTION  If anyone ever pours gasoline into    Medium Duty  R05 09     Preventive Maintenance    Failure to do so may damage components of the    WARNING  Use Ultra Low Sulfur Diesel fuel only   A engine and Diesel Particulate Filter  DPF      Please follow these recommendations when you are chang   ing your fuel filters or strainer elements  Your vehicle s engine  will run better and last longer if you do  See the engine man   ufacturer s recommendations for proper water and micron  requirements     Installing Fuel Filters    When removing filters  cover any electrical equipment and  wiring that might get soaked with fuel  Diesel fuel may per   manently damage electrical insulation     When installing spin   on  throwaway  filters  
133. er Line  Communication  PLC  as the standard  method to turn it on  See  Trailer ABS Warning  Lamp  on page 104 for more information     On trailers built prior to March 1  2001 verify  trailer ABS system status via the required  external warning lamp mounted on the trailer   The indicator lamp on the trailer should be yel   low and identified with the letters  ABS      x    ig     C     BRAKE    A    Y53 6027    CONTROLS AND DISPLAYS    7T  Axle  Inter Axle Differential Locked   Tandem Axles     IIluminates when the inter axle differential  switch is ON thus locking the inter axle differ   ential  This powers the forward rear and the  rear rear differentials equally  When the  switch is turned off  inter axle differential  unlocked  the engine power is allowed to flow  to any of the 4 drive tires based on the differ   ential effect  mostly to the forward rear differ   ential    This feature is standard on all  tandem axles      8 Brake System    Illuminates to indicate a malfunction in the  hydraulic brake system  when equipped with  Hybraulic brakes      9 Clock  Alarm Bell    Illuminates when the alarm is set  It will flash  when the clock alarm is active     Medium Duty  R05 09     CONTROLS AND DISPLAYS    Medium Duty  R05 09     10 Cruise Control  Active    Illuminates when cruise control is active     11 Dump Truck  Body Up    Illuminates when Truck Dump Body is up     12 Dump Truck  Trailer Body Up    Illuminates when Trailer Dump Body is up     13 Emissions  Diesel Pa
134. ery  20 000 miles  32 000 km   If the vehicle is exposed to severe  environmental or working conditions  more frequent inspec   tions may be necessary     Any seat belt system that shows cuts  fraying  extreme or  unusual wear  significant discoloration due to UV  ultraviolet   exposure  abrasion to the seat belt webbing  or damage to  the buckle  latch plate  retractor hardware or any other obvi   ous problem should be replaced immediately  regardless of  mileage     Medium Duty  R05 09     Y53 6027    Cab Maintenance    time a vehicle is involved in an accident  the  entire seat belt system must be replaced  Unex   posed damage caused by the stress of an acci   dent could prevent the system from functioning  properly the next time it is needed  which could  result in severe injury or even death     f WARNING  It is important to remember that any    Inspection Guidelines    Follow these guidelines when inspecting for    cuts  fraying   extreme or unusual wear of the webbing  and damage to the  buckle  retractor  hardware  or other factors     Damage to  these areas indicates that belt system replacement is neces   sary     WARNING  Replace the entire belt system   retractor and buckle side  if replacement of any  one part is necessary  Unexposed damage to  one or more components could prevent the sys   tem from functioning properly the next time it is  needed  which could result in severe injury or  even death     1  Check the web wear in the system  The webbing must be  clo
135. eventive Maintenance    Lubrication Specifications    You will find a complete Engine Lubrication Service Guide in  the Engine Operation and Maintenance Manual  There  the  engine manufacturer explains more fully all the maintenance  operations you and a qualified service mechanic will need   And please remember  one key to keeping your Medium Duty  vehicle running at top economy and in prolonging its life is  proper lubrication servicing  Neglecting this essential aspect  of vehicle care can cost time and money in the long run     Below you will find basic information needed to perform rou   tine vehicle lubrication  Of course you will want to schedule  service more frequently if you are operating under severe  conditions such as extreme heat or cold  with very heavy  loads  rough roads  etc  For any special service require     Medium Duty  R05 09     Y53 6027    Maintenance Schedule and Lubrication    ments  consult your service manuals and your lubricant sup   plier  The component manufacturer s specification and  requirements take precedence over other specifications     WARNING  Handle lubricants carefully  Vehicle   AN lubricants  oil and grease  can be poisonous  and cause death  injury or sickness  They can  also damage the paint on the vehicle     CAUTION  Do not mix different types of lubri   cants  Mixing lubricants  oil and grease  of dif   ferent brands or types could damage vehicle  components  therefore  drain  or remove  old  lubricants from the unit before re
136. eviations from the above list of lubricants should be based on specifications published in the component manufacturer s manuals or otherwise  approved by the manufacturer                 170  Y53 6027 Medium Duty  R05 09     Preventive Maintenance    Table 3 Recommended Lubrication Types    Maintenance Schedule and Lubrication       COMPONENTS    Cam Brake Camshaft Splines  Disc Brake  Shaft Splines and Slide Pin Retainers  Brake  Clevis Pins    RECOMMENDED LUBRICANT    Antiseize type grease  Rockwell specification 0 637           Brake Camshaft Bushings    EP Chassis grease  lithium 12 hydroxystearate base  NLGI 2      CAUTION  Do not contaminate brake linings with grease        Steering Shaft Grease Fittings    EP chassis grease  lithium 12 hydroxystearate base  NLGI 2        Brake Treadle Hinge and Roller    Engine oil       Lock Cylinders    Lock lubricant        Door Hinges    Not required     Teflon bushings       Door Latches  amp  Striker Plates     Polyethylene grease stick        Door Weatherstrip    Silicone lubricant        Other Items       Use manufacturer s manuals        approved by the manufacturer        Deviations from the above list of lubricants should be based on specifications published in the component manufacturer s manuals or otherwise          Medium Duty  R05 09     Y53 6027    ep    Maintenance Schedule and Lubrication Preventive Maintenance       172  Y53 6027 Medium Duty  R05 09     Preventive Maintenance    AN    A    Medium Duty  R05 09     EN
137. filling it     When switching between types of lubricants   thoroughly drain all areas of the component      167     Maintenance Schedule and Lubrication    Lubrication Types    Use Table 3 on page 170 and the list of lubricants below to  identify the type of lubricant to use on your Medium Duty  vehicle  For a quick summary of each lubrication point  see  Table 1 on page 154     ATF  DEXRONO III MERCON   approved automatic transmission fluid  BB  Ball Bearing grease  CB  Engine oil for mild to moderate requirements    CC CD  Engine oil for severe requirements  MIL L   2104B    MIL   L   45199B w  1 85  max sulfated ash content     CD  Engine oil meeting API    Five engine test sequence     CD50  SAE 50W synthetic transmission fluid    CE  Engine oil meeting severe duty service requirements for  direct   injection turbocharged engines     CL  Multipurpose chassis grease   EP  Extreme Pressure lubricant   GL  Straight mineral gear lubricant   HD  Hypoid Gear Oil  A P I      GL 5 SAE 80W 90   HT  High Temperature grease  Timken Specification 0 616   MP  Multipurpose gear lubricant  MIL   L   2105B     SD  Engine oils with increased protection against temperature deposits   rust  wear  and corrosion     WB  Wheel Bearing grease  Timken Specification 0   610       168      Preventive Maintenance                                                                      APPLICATION LUBRICANT  Universal Joints EP  Drive Shaft Splines CL  Wheel Bearings  driven hubs  HD  Wheel Bearings  n
138. fire or blow out which can cause an accident  resulting in death or personal injury  Low pres   sure may affect control at the front wheels   which could result in an accident and serious  injury  Keep your tires inflated to the manufac   turer s recommended air pressure     1 WARNING  Do not operate vehicle with underin         205      Tires and Wheels    Tire Inflation    Most tire wear problems are caused by underinflation as the  result of slow leaks  So you will want to check tire pressure  regularly  Give the tires a visual test every day  and check  inflation with a gauge every week     When checking tire pressure  inspect each tire for damage to  sidewalls  cuts  cracks  uneven wear  rocks between dual  wheels  tires   etc  If a tire appears underinflated  check for  damage to the wheel assembly  Do not forget to check  between dual wheels  If you find wheel damage  have an  expert tire service repair it     you are fully qualified and equipped to do so   Wheel and tire assemblies cannot be worked on  without proper tools and equipment  such as   safely cages or restraining devices  Have all tire  repairs performed by an expert  And stand away  from the tire assembly while the expert is work   ing  Failure to do this may result in death or  injury     f WARNING  Do not repair damaged tires unless        206      Y53 6027    Preventive Maintenance    the tires are cool  Warm or hot tires cause pres   sure buildup and will give you an inaccurate  reading  So never defl
139. for the batteries to regain power   the key    If the engine fails to start after a couple of tries  there  could be a malfunction with the engine or other  Use of Accelerator related system  Make any adjustments or repairs nec     essary before trying to start the engine again     For mild to warm temperatures above 60  F  16  C  y bs 9 9    keep your foot OFF the accelerator pedal while crank  When the engine starts     ing  If the engine does not start after 5 seconds  apply   Watch the oil pressure gauge  Oil pressure should  full throttle while cranking  rise within 15 seconds after the engine starts  If the oil    For below normal starting temperatures fully depress pressure does not rise  stop the engine  Find what is  the accelerator  throttle  pedal after engaging the wrong before restarting  Check the Engine Operation  starter  and Maintenance Manual for the right oil pressure for  NOTE  Pumping the accelerator will not assist in your vehicle s engine  In most engines  idle pressure   i   starting the engine  should be about 15 psi     Medium Duty  R05 09  Y53 6027    91     while the engine is running  The starter and  flywheel gears could clash or jam  severely  damaging them       CAUTION  Never operate the starter motor      Wait until normal engine oil pressure registers on the  gauge before idling or accelerating the engine beyond  1000 rpm     Watch the air pressure gauge  Wait until both pointers  register at least 100 psi  689 kPa  before releasing the  spr
140. ft pattern for your vehicle appears on your  control panel or windshield or on a medallion in the shift  knob  It is important that you know more about your trans   mission than just the shift pattern  Please read the manu   facturer s manual that is included with your vehicle     Y53 6027 eu    ACCESSORIES CONTROLS AND DISPLAY    Accessories  Peterbilt Navigation System    Your vehicle may be equipped with a Peterbilt Navigation  System  This system is a Global Positioning Satellite   GPS  linked computer  It receives input from multiple  sources to locate your vehicle  Read and understand the  Supplemental Navigation System Owner s Manual and  observe the Warnings  Cautions  and Notes that follow  before using the system     AN    AN    79    WARNING  Verify legal weight and height  restrictions for the route suggested by the  Navigation System  Failure to verify height  restrictions could lead to causing death  per   sonal injury or property damage  Failure to  verify weight restrictions could result in a traf   fic infraction     WARNING  Only glance at the Navigation  System monitor while driving  Prolonged peri   ods of viewing while driving could result in an  accident involving death or personal injury     A    A  il  il    Y53 6027    WARNING  Do not program the Navigation  System while driving  Always stop your vehi   cle when programming or changing the set   tings on the Navigation System  Programming  the system while driving can cause you to  take your eyes off 
141. fter you have parked in a safe place  check your vehicle  to make sure it will be ready for the next trip  To make sure  your vehicle is ready to go after a long stop  such as over   night   please follow the suggestions below  Your vehicle  will be easier to get going when you are ready  and it will  be safer for everyone who might be around it     Please remember  too  that in some states it is illegal to  leave the engine running and the vehicle unattended     Final Stopping Procedures    1  Set the parking brake before leaving the driver s seat     To hold your vehicle while it is parked  DO NOT rely on  the following       air brakes    hand control valve for trailer brakes    engine compression    Always use your parking brakes         146   Y53 6027    2     tended vehicle   use the parking brakes   Because service brakes work with air pres   sure  these brakes could slowly release  Your  vehicle could roll  causing an accident result   ing in death or personal injury  Someone  could be hurt or killed  Never rely on the ser   vice brakes to hold a parked vehicle     If you must park on a steep grade  ALWAYS BLOCK THE  WHEELS           02440             Blocked Wheels    Medium Duty  R05 09     STARTING AND OPERATING THE VEHICLE    3  Drain water from the air reservoirs       While the engine and air supply system are still  warm  drain moisture from the air reservoirs  Open  the reservoir drains just enough to drain the mois   ture  Do not deplete the entire air supply
142. g  This suction  could draw your hand or anything else near it  into the impeller fan  You could be killed or seri   ously injured  Always keep the intake piping  connected when you will be running the engine     1 WARNING  Do not operate engine with the turbo     Lubricating System  Check the oil lines  housing  and con   nections  Look for leaks  damage  or deterioration  Leaks  could mean you have damaged oil lines or oil seals         202      Y53 6027    Preventive Maintenance    Manifold  With the engine operating  check for leaking man   ifold or flange gaskets     High Frequency Vibration  Vibration may indicate turbo  rotor imbalance  Have your Peterbilt Dealer or Authorized  Service Center investigate this immediately  If you detect any  deficiencies  take the vehicle to an Authorized Service Cen   ter for servicing  Delay could lead to severe and expensive  damage to your vehicle     Air Filter Replacement    Service the filter elements when the Air Cleaner Restriction  gauge  option  locks in the extreme High position  Have the  element serviced at a Peterbilt Dealer or Authorized Service  Center  Paper elements require care and proper handling   because they are critical to engine service life     Service the air cleaner periodically  If the vehicle operates in  areas with heavy dust  maintenance should be more fre   quent  Follow the instructions below to remove the air filter     Medium Duty  R05 09     Preventive Maintenance                    Air System  AIR 
143. g Valve       Single Check Valves       Double Check Valves       Stop Light Switch       Low Pressure Wig Wag          Low Pressure Switch        196            Y53 6027                Medium Duty  R05 09     Preventive Maintenance    Table5 Air System Scheduled Maintenance    Air System       MAXIMUM INTERVALS       EACH MONTH   THREE MONTHS   SIX MONTHS ANNUALLY  TEST EACH WEEK    10 000 mi   16 000    25 000 mi   40 000    50 000 mi   80 000        100 000 mi   km  km  km   160 000 km     Automatic Drain Valve       Safety Valve       Quick Release Valve                Manual Drain Valve    Air System Function Test    Scheduled maintenance should be performed on the Medium  Duty vehicle s air system  as outlined in the Medium Duty  Maintenance Manual and Table 5  In addition  perform an  Air System Function Test at least every 3 months or if there is  any indication of a potential problem     Air Tanks    The front  secondary  service tank is underneath the cab  on  the driver s side  the wet  supply  tank is underneath the front  service tank  behind the battery box  and the rear  primary   service tank is attached to the left frame  just behind the cab     Medium Duty  R05 09     Y53 6027                The supply tank  or  wet  tank   must be drained on a daily  basis  Drain the supply tank by pulling the drain valve lan   yard  Hold it open until the escaping air is free of water     The two service tanks  or    dry    tanks   must be drained on a  weekly basis  Drain
144. g in death or serious personal  injury  Consult your nearest Peterbilt dealer     f WARNING  When replacing disc brake pads  be    Disc brake pads    Visually inspect all brake pad linings  Brake pads  should be replaced when the remaining lining  reaches 3 16 inch thickness or less     Medium Duty  R05 09     Preventive Maintenance    It is recommended that all disc brake pads be  replaced at the same time since this will maintain bal   anced braking  At a minimum  replace all disc brake  pads on one axle  both ends  at the same time     ANCHOR  PLATES    BRAKE PADS    BRAKE PADS       CALIPERS CALIPERS       REAR    SYSTEM COMPONENTS    Medium Duty  R05 09     Y53 6027    Brake System    Calipers    Visually inspect calipers for brake fluid leakage  dam   aged or defective pistons or piston boots  If there is  evidence of leakage  damage  or other defects the  caliper should be replaced or repaired     Disc brake rotors    Visually inspect rotors for scoring  warping  cracks   bluing or heat spots or other damage or defects  If  signs of damage or defects are found  the rotor s   should be resurfaced or replaced in accordance with  the vehicle manufacturer s recommended service  procedure     Anchor plates    Visually inspect anchor plates for worn or damaged  slippers  damaged or dislodged guide pin boots or  other defects  If signs of wear  damage or defects are  found  the anchor plate s  should be repaired or  replaced     Parking Brake Component Inspection  Hn NOTE  If
145. g your vehicle to a safe stop off of  the road  If the light and alarm do not turn off  at start up  do not try to drive the vehicle until  the problem is found and fixed     Optional Gauges    Maximum transmission temperature may vary  depending  upon the transmission and type of lubricant  Check your  transmission s owner s manual     Y53 6027    Medium Duty  R05 09     CONTROLS AND DISPLAY    Forward Drive Axle Temperature Gauge  Rear Drive Axle Temperature Gauge    These gauges indicate the temperature of the lubricant in  your vehicle s axle s   These temperatures will vary with  the kind of load you are carrying and the driving condi   tions you encounter  Maximum axle temperature may  vary  depending upon the axle and type of lubricant  Very  high temperatures signal a need to have your axle s  lubri   cation checked                    Medium Duty  R05 09     Y53 6027    OPTIONAL GAUGES                      your rear drive axles can cause serious damage  to axle bearings and seals  Have your axle lubri   cation checked if you notice a sign of overheat   ing    Steering Column Mounted Controls    CAUTION  Driving with very hot temperatures in    Turn Signal and Indicator Lights    NOTE  The ignition key must be turned to ON for  i   the signal switch to operate     Your turn signal lever is mounted on the left side of the  steering column below the steering wheel  Green direc   tional indicator lights appear on the instrument panel  To       45        OPTIONAL GAUGES   
146. gine is  warming  When the clutch engages  note the reading on  the vehicle s panel   mounted coolant temperature  gauge  If the fan clutch engages at low engine tempera   ture or cycles on and off more frequently than it should   receives  false signals    have the problem corrected at  an Authorized Service Center     Fan Drive and Blade    Fan Blade Clearance  Around the fan shroud  the recom   mended distance is 1 in   25 mm  from front edge of any fan  blade to radiator side member  Minimum clearance is 3 4 in    19 mm        Rear edge of any blade must be no closer than 3 8 in    9 mm  to the nearest engine component  If this cannot  be obtained  the fan spacer or fan is not correct      178      Y53 6027    Preventive Maintenance      The leading edge of any fan blade must be 1 in   25 mm   from the inside edge of the shroud     Exhaust System    The exhaust system is part of the noise control system  Peri   odically check the exhaust for wear and loose or missing  parts  For details  see  Noise and Emission Control  on  page 257     verter muffler or independent converter become  extremely hot during engine operation and can  cause death or personal injury including serious  burns to the skin  Allow adequate cooling time  before working on or near any part of the  exhaust system     1 WARNING  The exhaust piping  muffler  con     Engine Cooling System    Your engine s cooling system is standard with Extended  Life Coolant  ELC   ELC consists of a mixture of ethylene  
147. glycol  water  and organic acid technology chemical inhib     Medium Duty  R05 09     Preventive Maintenance    itors  ELC prevents corrosion and scale formation as well  as provides freezing and boiling point protection     A    CAUTION  The engine cooling system has very  specific maintenance and inspection require   ments  Failure to follow requirements can dam   age the engine  Engine damage can include but  is not limited to      Freezing     Boiling     Corrosion     Pitted cylinder liners  This information is found in the engine manufac   turers owner s manual  It is the owner s respon   sibility to follow all requirements listed in the  engine manufacturers owner   s manual     Engine Cooling System    What To Check In An ELC filled Cooling System  ELC Concentration    Check the level of freeze boilover protection  which is  determined by the ELC concentration  Use a glycol refrac   tometer to determine glycol level  Add ELC to obtain the  ELC to water ratio required to provide the protection you  need  Use the chart below to help determine how much  ELC you need to add     il    In an ELC filled cooling system  the freeze point should be  maintained between  30   F and  45  F   34   C and  43   C     NOTE  Maximum recommended ELC concentra   tion is 60  ELC and 40  water by volume  a 60   40 coolant mixture   The minimum recommended  concentration is 40         Desired ELC   0    10    15    20    25    30    35    40     45     50    55    60    65    70    75    80
148. handling    Exceeding load ratings can also shorten the  When the engine speed reaches its maximum governed service life of the vehicle     speed  the injection pump governor cuts off fuel to the  engine  However  the governor has no control over the    engine rpm when it is being driven by the vehicle s trans  the vehicle is not loaded in excess of either    mission  for example  on steep downgrades  Apply service the gross vehicle weight rating  GVWR   or  brakes or shift to a higher gear  the maximum front and rear gross axle    Fuel economy and engine performance are also directly weight faungs  GAWAS    Axle weight rat  ui us ings are listed on the driver s door edge    related to driving habits     mn NOTE  For your safety and the safety of others     e The components of your vehicle are  designed to provide satisfactory service if      The best results in trip time and fuel economy are    a follow routine and periodic maintenance sched   obtained while driving the vehicle at a steady speed     ules for all components on your vehicle  See  Table 3     Maintenance Schedule     Page 123       132  Y53 6027 Medium Duty  R05 09     STARTING AND OPERATING THE VEHICLE    Air Suspension Height Air Pressure    Your vehicle may have an air suspension  A deflation  switch on the dash allows you to exhaust the air in the  suspension  which allows you to lower the height of your  vehicle for loading  On tractors  the deflate switch allows  you to lower the fifth wheel to slide unde
149. he  c  n tromi the Bs was removed  Insert it into the   ening eran P REE CHS DOM pressure plate  Turn the release    Ca stud 1 4 turn clockwise in the    pressure plate  This secures  the cross pin into the cross pin  area of the pressure plate and  locks it into the manual release    2  Remove the release stud position   assembly from the side pocket   and remove the release nut and  washer from the release stud     5  Assemble the release stud  washer and nut on the release  stud        3  Slide out the release stud        Medium Duty  R05 09  Y53 6027     143     VEHICLE RECOVERY AND SPRING BRAKES STARTING AND OPERATING THE VEHICLE    6  With a wrench  turn the        release stud assembly nut until  Gat  the compression spring is 90     ho EE a     2 95 percent caged  While doing    Freeing the Vehicle from Sand   Mud  Snow and Ice          VE    35 mph  55 km h   Spinning a tire at speedom   eter readings above this can be dangerous     tires can explode from spinning too fast     this  check to make sure the    aM    S Rr push rod  adapter push rod or  7    7 ww service push rod  is retracting       WARNING  Do not spin the wheels faster than    Do not over torque the release  stud assembly   S   Cam type  maximum  50 ft Ib  Wedge type  maximum  30 ft lb   The spring  brake is now mechanically  released     Under some conditions  a tire may be spin   ning at a speed twice that shown on the  speedometer  Any resulting tire explosion  could cause severe injury or death to
150. he bottom of the fuel tank   at the crossover line connection     Y53 6027 Medium Duty  R05 09     STARTING AND OPERATING THE VEHICLE SHUT DOWN    Medium Duty  R05 09  Y53 6027     149     Introduction    Preventive Maintenance    PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE    INTRODUCTION    This section will help you keep your Medium Duty vehicle in  good running condition  There are a number of checks you  can do  and you may be able to do some of the service work  yourself  But please  let your Peterbilt Dealer or Authorized  Service Center do any work you do not have the tools or skill  to perform  Authorized service mechanics are trained in the  proper technical and safety procedures to maintain your  Medium Duty vehicle correctly     Good driving practices  daily and weekly driver maintenance  inspections  and periodic service inspections by an Autho   rized Service Center  will help keep your Medium Duty vehi   cle in good working order and provide many years of  dependable service       150     AN    Y53 6027    WARNING  It is dangerous to work on a vehicle  without the right know how and proper tools   You could be killed or seriously injured  cause  damage to the vehicle  or make your vehicle  unsafe to drive  Do only work you know you are  fully able to do  and for which you have the right  tools      Before attempting any procedures in the engine  compartment  stop the engine and let it cool  down  Hot components can burn skin on con   tact     Be alert and cautious around the engine
151. he electrical system     2  Determine from the chart on the fuse panel which fuse  controls that component    3  Remove that fuse and see if it is blown      If itis blown  replace it with a fuse of the same rating     A    Adding Electrical Options    higher than 30 amps  Doing so may damage the  electrical system and cause a fire  possibly  causing death  personal injury or property dam   age       CAUTION  Follow all manufacturers  circuit pro     1 WARNING  Do not add a fuse with a rating    tection recommendations for the components  and wires being added     Medium Duty  R05 09     Y53 6027    Electrical System    Spare circuits are located throughout the wiring for the dash   For proper electrical system performance  refer to a wiring  diagram for your chassis before adding electrical options     Truck Body Connection    Your vehicle includes a junction box mounted to the frame for  wiring the vehicle body to the main chassis harness     Refer to the Body Builder s Manual for further information on  using the Truck and Body Connection     Battery Cables    ing in death or serious personal injury and or  property damage if not properly maintained and  located  Regularly inspect the battery cables  and connectors for damaged or compromised  cable insulation  Contact your Authorized Ser   vice Center if you are in need of repairs or infor   mation       WARNING  Battery cables can cause fires result     Turn off the ignition and disconnect the negative battery  cable     
152. hen pressure is removed  from the valve lever  it will return to the OFF position     substitute for the service brakes  Using this brake  frequently  instead of using the foot brake  will  cause the trailer brakes to wear out sooner     f WARNING  Do not use the trailer hand brake    d NOTE  The trailer brake is not to be used as a    or service brakes to park and hold an unat   tended vehicle   use the parking brakes   Because service brakes work with air pres   sure  these brakes could slowly release  Your  vehicle could roll  causing a serious accident   Someone could be hurt or killed  Never rely on  the service brakes to hold a parked vehicle     Driving Bobtail or With an Unloaded Trailer    NOTE  The following information is applicable  only to tractor configurations     Do not use the engine retarder  such as an  exhaust brake  to slow the vehicle down when you are  bobtailing or pulling an empty trailer     Medium Duty  R05 09     STARTING AND OPERATING THE VEHICLE    when you are driving bobtail or with an  unloaded trailer  Using engine retarders while  bobtailing or with an unloaded trailer can  cause a wheel lockup resulting in less control  and or jackknife  The trailer may not load the  rear tractor tires enough to provide necessary  traction  When you are bobtail or unloaded   you can have a serious accident  causing  death or personal injury  if your wheels lock  suddenly during braking       WARNING  Do not use an engine retarder    Bobtail Brake Proportion
153. here are several tools built into this manual to help you  find what you need quickly and easily  First is the Con   tents  Located at the front of the manual  this lists the main  subjects covered and gives page numbers where you can  find these subjects  Use the Contents to find information  on a large subject like  Operating the Transmission      Cross references also help you get the information you  need  If some other part of the manual contains further  information on the subject you are reading about  a cross   reference will refer you to another page  for example   See  page 75  for more information on Safety Restraint Belts      Finally  you will find a helpful Index at the back of the man   ual  listing subjects alphabetically  For example  if you  want information on brakes  just look under  Brakes  in the  Index  You will find the pages where brakes or related top   ics are discussed     A Special Word About Repairs    This is not a repair or workshop manual  Your Peterbilt  Dealer s Service Center is the best place to have your  Medium Duty repaired  You can find Peterbilt dealers all  over the country with the equipment and trained person   nel to quickly get you back on the road   and to keep you  there     Your Medium Duty is a complex machine  Anyone  attempting repairs on it needs good mechanical training   proper specifications  and proper tools  If you are sure you  meet these qualifications  then you can probably perform  some repairs yourself  But if yo
154. hin the previous 30 minutes   be very careful in removing the fill cap  Pro   tect face  hands  and arms against escaping  fluid and steam by covering the cap with a  large  thick rag  Do not try to remove it until  the surge tank cools down if you see any  steam or coolant escaping  In any situation   remove the cap very slowly and carefully  Be  ready to back off if any steam or coolant  begins to escape     NOTE  If frequent topping off is necessary and  there are no visible signs of coolant leaks when  the engine is cold  check for leaks with the engine  operating at normal temperature     fully  Ethylene glycol antifreeze is poisonous  and can cause death or personal injury  Store in  original fluid container only and always keep out  of reach of children     1 WARNING  Handle coolant and antifreeze care     Medium Duty  R05 09     Preventive Maintenance       FILL             COOLANT    EE EXPANSION  ps TANK    T    Cooling System Expansion Tank                      Proper Coolant Level    il    NOTE  Do not overfill a cooling system  Excess  coolant may result in overflow  loss of antifreeze   and reduced corrosion protection     Medium Duty  R05 09     Y53 6027    Engine Cooling System    Check the coolant level after each trip  Add coolant as  necessary  You may find your coolant level is not up to the  correct level soon after you have filled the radiator  This  may be because all the trapped air in the system has not  yet been purged  It takes a little time for all
155. ic preventive maintenance inspections     We have tried to present the information you ll need to  learn about your vehicle s functions  controls  and opera   tion as clearly as possible  We hope you ll find this manual  easy to use  There will be times when you need to take  this manual out of your Peterbilt vehicle  When you do   please be sure to return it to the cab when you are fin   ished using it  That way it will be there when you need it  the next time or when you pass the vehicle on to the next  user     Your Medium Duty may not have all the features or options  mentioned in this manual  Therefore  you should pay care   ful attention to the instructions that pertain to just your    Medium Duty  R05 09     Y53 6027    vehicle  In addition  if your vehicle is equipped with special  equipment or options not discussed in this manual  con   sult your dealer or the manufacturer of the equipment     All information contained in this manual is based on the  latest production information available at the time of publi   cation  Peterbilt Motors Company reserves the right to  make changes at any time without notice     Safety Signals    A number of alerting messages are in this manual  Please  read and follow them  They are there for your protection  and information  These messages can help you avoid  injury to yourself and your passengers  and can help pre   vent costly damage to the vehicle     Key symbols and  signal words  are used to indicate what  kind of message is goi
156. ication     Thus  if there is a rear service failure  the remaining front  axle braking is supplemented by modulated spring brake  action on the rear axle     did    USING THE BRAKE SYSTEM    WARNING  Efficiency of emergency braking    depends on the amount of air available in the   front circuit reservoir  which is sufficient for a  limited number of brake applications and  releases        REMEMBER  when the remaining system  pressure drops below 60 psi  414 kPa   the  spring brake is automatically applied  stop   ping the vehicle abruptly  potentially caus   ing death or serious injury  Observe the    STARTING AND OPERATING THE VEHICLE    If air pressure is lost in the trailer supply park circuit   and the pressure drops below 60 psi  414 kPa   the  trailer spring brakes are automatically applied  and  the tractor air pressure circuits are unaffected     If air pressure is lost in the trailer brake service circuit   and the pressure in the tractor front and rear circuits  drops below 60 psi  414 kPa   the tractor and trailer  spring brakes are automatically applied     warning light  BRAKE AIR  in the panel  it Emergency Braking    will come on before the spring brakes are  applied  If it comes on  do not continue to  drive the vehicle until it has been properly  repaired or serviced     Brakes     Tractor Trailer    The following applies to tractor trailer configurations     If pressure is lost in the tractor front or rear circuit  the   check  valves isolate the unaffecte
157. ication   The Chassis Serial Number refers to the last seven char   acters of the VIN  including the assembly plant designa   tor  eleventh character position  and a six digit serial  number  This number will allow your Peterbilt Dealer to  identify your vehicle  You will be asked for this number  when you bring your vehicle in for service     All Peterbilt vehicles are identified by a 17   digit Vehicle Iden   tification Number  VIN   This unique numeral and letter com   bination identifies the manufacturer  the model year it was  built  and other vehicle attributes  The VIN is in compliance  with 49CFR565  Code of Federal Regulations  As an exam   ple  the model year and assembly plant are designated by a  letter in the tenth and eleventh character positions  see 4 and                                                                      Table 13 Model Year Letter Designations                            5 below   CODE YEAR  2 2002  3 2003  SAMPLE VIN 4 2004  2iNIP  NHHD 8X  X   Y M 5 6 7 8 9 0  5 2005      Vy       NL     6 2006  LU e    66 i6  y  VIN Location    Manufacturer ldentifi  r The VIN is marked on the Incomplete Vehicle Certification    Vehicle Attributes Label  on trucks  or on the Tire  Rim  and Weight Rating     Check Digit Data Label  on tractors   Both labels are located on the     Model Year DDR  6 Assembly Plant driver s door frame      Serial Chassis Number             Vehicle Identification Number  VIN         264   Y53 6027    Medium Duty  R05 09     Pre
158. ich could contribute to an accident  that could cause death or personal injury     j WARNING  Do not drive through water deep    If you think your brakes have become wet  check the rear  and both sides of the vehicle for clear traffic  then gently  apply the brakes  releasing and gently reapplying until the  brakes dry out   restoring normal operation  Always check  your brakes after driving through deep water to help  reduce the possibility of personal injury or an accident     Front Brake System    When the brake pedal is depressed  the front circuit por   tion of the treadle valve delivers air from the front service  reservoir to the front axle brake chambers via a quick   release valve     Medium Duty  R05 09     Y53 6027    USING THE BRAKE SYSTEM    Simultaneously  on full truck configurations   air is also  supplied to the modulating valve control port  In the event  of a rear service circuit failure  the modulating valve will  exhaust air from the spring brake chambers  applying the  spring brakes in proportion to the front circuit application     Rear Brake System    When the brake pedal is depressed  the rear circuit por   tion of the treadle valve delivers air from the rear service  reservoir to the service brake relay valve control port  The  relay valve then delivers air directly from the rear service  reservoir to the rear brake chambers in proportion to the  treadle pressure     On tractors without ABS  the relay valve is part of the BP   R1 brake valve  which a
159. if your vehicle is equipped with Rockwell   WABCO anti lock brakes  ABS   the operation of the  exhaust brake  if turned ON  will be controlled by the ABS   For more ABS information  see  Anti Lock Braking Sys   tem  on page 113           For more information on when and how to use the engine  retarder in your vehicle  see the owner s manual for the  engine brake that is included with your vehicle     Medium Duty  R05 09     STARTING AND OPERATING THE VEHICLE    Brake Components    The following is a brief description of the air brake system   It is intended to supply you with general information on  how the system works  For complete information see the  Medium Duty Maintenance Manual     Compressor  supplies air to the system  System pressure  is controlled by the governor     Governor  controls the air pressure in the system by  actuating the compressor discharge mechanism  Its cut   out pressure is 115 to 125 psi  793 to 862 kPa   Its preset  cut in pressure is set to between 13 to 25 psi  90 to 172  kPa  below the cut out pressure setting  cut out and cut in  interval is not adjustable      Safety Valve  installed on the supply reservoir outlet  It  should    vent off    at 150 psi  1034 kPa  permitting air to  escape     Air Dryer  Option   collects and removes moisture and  contaminants from the air as it travels from the compres   Sor to the wet tank  reservoir      Medium Duty  R05 09     Y53 6027    USING THE BRAKE SYSTEM    Compressed Air Tanks  The wet  supply  an
160. ight control link connected to the axle  and to the suspension air valve control arm  This will    DRIVING TIPS AND TECHNIQUES    WARNING  Low air pressure could make  brakes unsafe for driving by not providing  sufficient air brake application pressure in an  emergency  which could lead to an accident  resulting in death or personal injury  Before  driving the vehicle  make sure the air pressure  pumps up to over 100 psi for normal brake  operation  If it does not reach 100 psi  do not  try to move the vehicle     CAUTION  Do not operate a vehicle with air  suspension bags either over  or under   inflated  This could cause damage to drive   line components  If you must drive under  such conditions  do not exceed 5 mph  8 km   h      Fifth Wheel    cause the air valve control arm to center in the closed The following applies to tractor configurations     position     2  The air system can then be pumped up to normal AN  pressure for continued operation     Medium Duty  R05 09  Y53 6027    WARNING  Ensure that all fifth wheel mainte   nance  adjustments  and rebuilding are done  only by a qualified mechanic  An improperly  maintained fifth wheel can cause a trailer to  separate from a tractor  This could lead to an  accident causing death  personal injury and  damage to property      137      DRIVING TIPS AND TECHNIQUES    Your Medium Duty vehicle may be equipped with either a  fixed or an air controlled sliding fifth wheel  Either type  should self lock when a trailer king pi
161. ine contain carbon monox   ide  a colorless and odorless gas  Carbon  monoxide can be fatal if inhaled     e Do not park or operate the vehicle in areas  where the hot exhaust system may come in  contact with dry grass  brush  spilled fuel or  other material that can cause a fire         89        in excessive engine coolant  oil  and charge  air  intake  temperatures  which can lead to  overheating and possible engine damage  If  you must use a winterfront       CAUTION  The use of a winterfront can result      Refer to the  Engine Operation and Mainte   nance Manual  for operating restrictions  and recommendations     Use only a winterfront available from your  Peterbilt dealer that is compatible with a  2002 EPA compliant engine cooling system   These winterfronts are specifically designed  for use with new grill snap patterns     Starting Procedure     Normal Temperatures    Use the following procedure to start your Medium Duty  vehicle when outside temperatures are at or ABOVE nor   mal starting temperatures  Check the Engine Operation  and Maintenance Manual for starting temperatures     1  Set the parking brake         90     Y53 6027    STARTING AND OPERATING THE VEHICLE    should be applied to the turbocharger oil inlet  port   1  if the engine has not been started for  more than 25 days  or  2   the outside tempera   ture is very cold  or  3   the oil filter has been  changed     With an oil can  squirt approximately one half  cup  120 ml  of clean  specified engine
162. ine of the suspension  see illustration    on page 134       For a single axle  make the measurement in front of    v the axle  in the area forward of the tires but not past  E POS ere et the suspension bracket     m3 3 4  When at the correct ride height  ensure that the height  a a control valve lever is in the neutral position  then   s tn  a install either the built in alignment pin or a 1 8 inch  3    T LINK ROD   mm  dowel  see page 134                                                         EXHAUST         ces                   02941B 5  Torque the mounting fasteners to 55     75 Ib  in      6 2     8 5 N m     Typical Height Control Valve     Rear View Looking Forward  6  Remove the alignment pin or dowel     7  Repeat Steps 2 through 6 above for the RH valve on  vehicles with a dual valve system       136   Y53 6027 Medium Duty  R05 09     STARTING AND OPERATING THE VEHICLE    Driving with Deflated Air Springs      Vehicles with the air suspension  option   If an air spring  ruptures  there will be enough air pressure to drive the  vehicle to a safe stop off the highway to investigate the  problem     WARNING  Do not continue to drive with rup    tured air springs  The air loss can cause the   spring brakes to apply allowing your brakes to   drag and burn up the linings  which could lead   to an accident causing death or personal A  injury  Do not continue to operate the vehicle   in this condition     To get to a repair facility  do the following     1  Remove the he
163. information     3  Turn the key to OFF    4  Remove the key     valve while the vehicle is moving  Stopping  with the parking brake controls can cause a  sudden wheel lock up  loss of control  or  over take by following vehicles possibly  resulting in an accident involving death or  personal injury    f WARNING  Do not pull out the parking brake        64        Y53 6027    CONTROLS AND DISPLAY    WARNING  Before operating your vehicle after  it has been parked  do not forget to push in  the parking brake valve to release the parking  brakes  Failure to release your parking brakes  before putting the vehicle into motion can  cause fire or loss of control of the vehicle   which can result in death or personal injury     See  Using the Brake System  on page 104 for more infor   mation          for vehicles with hydraulic brakes     The parking brake consists of a driveline drum brake actu   ated by a lever and cable  The hand lever  mounted on the  vehicle s cab floor  pulls or releases the cable controlling  the brake  Pulling upward on the parking brake lever pulls  the cable and expands the driveline brake shoes outward  against the driveline brake drum     The driveline brake is disengaged by pushing the handle  downward to its lowest position     NOTE  Failure to fully release the parking brake  LE can cause the brakes to overheat     Medium Duty  R05 09     CONTROLS AND DISPLAY    upward on the parking brake lever while the  vehicle is moving  Attempting to stop with the 
164. ing Standard or Metric  units  Press the trip reset button on the Speedometer 4  times within 4 seconds  This will also change the units  shown by the Driver Information Display     Refer to  Units of measure  on page 36 for another  method to change units   NOTE  The OAT will come on when the door is  LI open and the key switch is in the accessory or  ignition position  The OAT display will turn off  when the ignition switch is turned off   NOTE  The OAT uses a sensor  located at the  LE  bottom of the driver s side mirror assembly  to  measure outside air temperature only  It is not  capable of displaying the temperature of the road  surface on either the temperature display or the  snowflake icon   NOTE  The effects of direct sunlight  or the use of  mirror heat  will increase the outside air tempera   ture displayed while the vehicle is stationary        39     STANDARD GAUGES CONTROLS AND DISPLAY    Engine Oil Pressure Gauge   If your oil pressure suddenly drops while you are driv   ing  bring the vehicle to a stop as soon as possible in    a safe location off the road and turn off the engine   Wait a few minutes to allow oil to drain into the oil pan   and then check the oil level  Add oil if necessary  If the  problem persists  contact an authorized service cen   ter     Check the engine manufacturer s manual for the correct  oil pressure ranges for your engine     Water Temperature Gauge          It is important to maintain oil pressure within acceptable  limits  Your
165. ing System    When a trailer is not connected  the drive axle brake appli   cation pressure will automatically be limited by the propor   tioning system     The brake proportioning system regulates the application  pressure to the rear drive axle  To provide equivalent brak   ing power  tractors  driven bobtail  will require greater  brake pedal application than other types of vehicles not  equipped with a proportioning system     Medium Duty  R05 09     Y53 6027    USING THE BRAKE SYSTEM    On tractors that do not have anti lock brake systems   ABS  a bobtail brake proportioning system is installed   When a trailer is not connected  bobtail mode   the brake  application pressure  on the rear drive axle  will automati   cally be limited by the proportioning system     Engine Retarder  option     An engine retarder or exhaust brake may be installed  as  an option  to create a braking effect on the drive wheels   This device uses your engine s power to slow your vehicle  down  Because it can help keep your vehicle s brakes  from overheating  it can save wear and tear on the service  brakes  However  the retarder is not an emergency brake     Ideally  on normal road surfaces   you should slow your  vehicle with the retarder  where permitted by law  and use  the service brakes only for stopping completely  Operating  this way will greatly prolong the life of the brakes       dic     USING THE BRAKE SYSTEM    in an emergency  The engine or retarder alone  might not stop you fast e
166. ing brake and moving the vehicle  Also  check the  alarm system for any type of faults and correct them  before moving the vehicle     CAUTION  Do not try to put the vehicle in  motion before pressure in the air system  reaches 100 psi  689 kPa  because the wheels  will still be locked by the spring brake action     e Unnecessary stress and possible brake  malfunction could occur if the vehicle is  forced to move before the air system  reaches 100 psi  689 kPa         92     Y53 6027    STARTING AND OPERATING THE VEHICLE    Starting Procedure     Cold Temperatures    In addition to the previous  Normal Starting Procedures   use these Cold Weather Starting guidelines when the air  temperature falls below a certain temperature  Check your  Engine Operation and Maintenance Manual for further  details on when cold weather starting aids are needed     Using special cold starting equipment will help the engine  start easier  And in cold weather  fast engine starting  helps relieve the loads on the electrical system and crank   ing motor  If you follow these few simple guidelines  you  will extend the service life of your vehicle s engine       Keep the electrical system in top condition      Use the best quality and recommended grade of fuel   see Engine Operation and Maintenance Manual       Use the recommended engine lubricating oil      As stated in the Normal Starting Procedures  when  temperatures are below normal  fully depress the  accelerator pedal after engaging the starte
167. intenance    NOISE AND EMISSION CONTROL    Noise Emission Warranty    Peterbilt Motors Company warrants to the first person who  purchases this vehicle  for purposes other than resale  and to  each subsequent purchaser  that this vehicle  as manufac   tured by Peterbilt Motors Company  was designed  built and  equipped to conform  at the time it left Peterbilt s control  with  all applicable U S  EPA Noise Control Regulations     This warranty covers this vehicle as designed  built and  equipped by Peterbilt  and is not limited to any particular part   component or system of the vehicle manufactured by Peter   bilt  Defects in design  assembly or in any part  component or  system of the vehicle as manufactured by Peterbilt  which at  the time it left Peterbilt s control caused noise emissions to  exceed Federal standards  are covered by this warranty for  the life of the vehicle     Medium Duty  R05 09     Y53 6027    Noise and Emission Control    Tampering with Noise Control System    Federal law prohibits the following acts or the causing  thereof     1  The removal or rendering inoperative by any person  other than for purposes of maintenance  repair  or  replacement  of any device or element of design incorpo   rated into any new vehicle for the purpose of noise con   trol prior to its sale or delivery to the ultimate purchaser  or while it is in use  or   2  The use of the vehicle after such device or element of  design has been removed or rendered inoperative by  any pe
168. ion  which  could result in an accident causing death or  injury  For driving safety  visually check the  steering gear and components  Frequent checks  are important for driving safety  especially after  traveling over rough roads     NOTE  If the steering feels unbalanced from side to   Hn side while turning  check for the following possible  Causes   e unequal tire pressures  e vehicle overloaded or unevenly distributed load  e wheels out of alignment  e wheel bearings improperly adjusted    Medium Duty  R05 09     Y53 6027    Steering and Driveline    If you cannot correct the problem  check with an Authorized  Service Center     The Medium Duty vehicle is equipped with integral power  steering  The system includes an engine driven fluid pump  a  fluid reservoir  the steering gear  and connecting hoses   Because of the hydraulic power assist  little effort is required  to turn the steering wheel  When no input is applied through  the steering wheel  the steering gear will return to the neutral  position  If  for any reason  the power assist system goes out   steering the vehicle is still possible   yet it will require much  greater effort     Visually check the following parts       Crosstube  Is it straight     Draglink tube clamp  Check for looseness or interfer   ence   Ball joints and steering U joints  Check for looseness     Steering wheel for excessive free play  Check the sim   plest probable causes first       unequal tire pressures      loose cap nuts      bent 
169. ip meter     The odometer displays the total distance your vehicle has  traveled  It will display in miles on an English speedometer  or in kilometers on a metric speedometer  The maximum        37     STANDARD GAUGES    distance that can be shown on the odometer is   1 999 999  before it rolls over to zero     The trip odometer displays how far the vehicle has gone  on a particular trip  The trip odometer will display in miles  on an English speedometer or in kilometers on a metric  speedometer  in one tenth divisions  The maximum dis   tance that can be shown on the trip odometer is    9999 9     before it rolls over to zero     To reset the trip odometer  press and hold the trip reset  button on the speedometer  The numbers will reset to 0  and begin to count new miles km traveled  This also  resets the trip values in the Driver Information Display     The trip reset button also toggles all displays between  English and Metric   See page 39      il    NOTE  The Odometer Trip Meter comes on when  the door is opened or the key is in the accessory  or ignition position  The Odometer Trip Meter will  remain on for 3 seconds after the door is closed  or the ignition switch is turned off  This allows  driver and service personnel to read the odome   ter without ignition switch being turned on        38     Y53 6027    CONTROLS AND DISPLAY    Tachometer    HHHHH Has  A BR ovs       Your tachometer measures the engine speed in revolu   tions per minute  RPM   The tachometer also i
170. ipes  Do not mix these fluids when  replenishing the system or seal damage can  result     CAUTION  Hydraulic brake fluid may damage  painted surfaces of the vehicle       189      Brake System    Make sure that the fluid level registers on or above the fluid  level mark molded on the reservoir   add more if necessary   as follows     1  Remove each reservoir cap and extract the rubber dia   phragm from each reservoir    2  Fill each reservoir with clean hydraulic fluid of the  approved specification  DOT 3 brake fluid     3  Insert the rubber diaphragms into the reservoirs       REFILL CAPS       BOOSTER AND MASTER CYLINDER ASSEMBLY    4  To prevent leakage from the reservoirs  ensure that the  seal in each reservoir cap is in good condition before  refitting the cap       190      Y53 6027    Preventive Maintenance    excessive amount of hydraulic fluid  the com   plete system must be inspected for leaks and  repaired if necessary  consult your nearest  Peterbilt dealer   Failure to keep the brake sys   tem in good repair may lead to loss of braking  and possibly cause an accident resulting in  death or serious personal injury     f WARNING  If the brake fluid reservoir requires an    Service Brake Component Inspection    Remove each wheel to inspect the brake components     sure to use the same lining material on both  axles  Mixing lining types can result in unbal   anced braking  increased pad wear  or degraded  Stopping performance possibly cause an acci   dent resultin
171. ir pressure gauge 92    E    Economical driving 130  Electrical system 220  alternator 227  batteries 220  221  225  battery charging 221  224  226  jumper cables 222  Electrolyte 225  Emergency  braking 112  equipment 85  Emission Components 176  Engine  belt tension 86  221  block heater 93  compression 146  daily checks 86  fan switch 96  heater 182  215  218    53 6027 a    identification 268  idling 95  lubrication 173  oil draining 174  oil level check 174  overspeed 131  retarder 117  rpm 147  service notes 173  starting procedure 89  stopping the engine 147  vital engine systems 94  warmup procedure 94  weekly checks 88  winterfronts 90  Engine Oil Pressure 17  Environmental protection 152  Ether 89  Exhaust  brake 117 118  fumes 151  F  Fan blade 259  switch 96  Federal motor regulations 83  85  Federal motor vehicle safety standards 5  Federal safety label 268  Fifth wheel 137        272        air controlled 138   fixed 138   lock switch 138   maintenance 255   sliding maintenance 256  Frame precautions 255  Front axle 247   front axle identification 268  Front brake system 105  Front suspension   u bolts 246  Front Wheel Calipers 123  Fuel   filter 86  175   filter draining 175   refueling 147   System 148  Fuel Level 17  Fuel Tank Inspection 176  Fuel tanks 176    G    Gauges and Displays 37  Drive Axle Temperature Gauge 45  Engine Oil Pressure Gauge 40  Fuel Gauge 42  Speedometer   Odometer 32  37  Tachometer 38  Voltmeter 42    Y53 6027 Medium Duty  R05 09     
172. irs through a double check valve     USING THE BRAKE SYSTEM       TRAILER TRAILER  AIR PARKING AIR  SUPPLY BRAKE SUPPLY             NORMAL OPERATING PARK TRAILER WITH SYSTEM PARK OR  POSITION TRACTOR RELEASED OR CHARGE TRAILER  BOBTAIL TRACTOR WITH TRACTOR PARKED       PARKING REC PARKING  BRAKE SUPPLY BRAKE    YELLOW                   2393       Trailer Park or Emergency Brake Application Only    If you ever have a failure or disconnect the air supply hose  to the trailer  the trailer parking brakes will set  The Red  knob will automatically pop OUT and seal off the tractor  air reservoirs to protect the tractor air system pressure     To apply the trailer brakes only     Pull OUT the Red knob  This will exhaust air from the  trailer supply line  causing the tractor protection valve to  close and the trailer spring brakes to apply  The trailer is  now in  emergency  or  park   This mode would be used to  uncouple from the trailer and during bobtail operation   running without a trailer connected      Medium Duty  R05 09  53 6027    109        USING THE BRAKE SYSTEM    or service brakes to park and hold an unat   tended vehicle   use the parking brakes   Because service brakes work with air pres   sure  these brakes could slowly release  Your  vehicle could roll  causing a serious accident   Someone could be hurt or killed  Never rely on  the service brakes to hold a parked vehicle       WARNING  Do not use the trailer hand brake    Parking Tractor and Trailer      With both 
173. is the same as that used by Peter   bilt dealers  It includes inspection  maintenance  overhaul   and troubleshooting procedures     Y53 6027 05 09 X Printed in the U S A  Peterbilt Motors Company  A PACCAR Company  P O  Box 90208  Denton  Texas 76202    
174. ium Duty  R05 09     DRIVER S CHECK LIST    5     Medium Duty  R05 09     Brake Components   check lines  linkages  cham   bers  camtubes  for cracks or broken parts   and  brake operation     If your truck has hydraulic brakes  check      the brake system for leaks     hydraulic lines for cracks or kinks     calipers for leaks   Air System   are there leaks      Air Tanks   drain water from all air tanks  Make sure  the drain cocks are closed  This procedure is also  required for air suspension tanks equipped with  automatic drain valves      See page 104 for further details on  Using the Brake  System        Steps and Handholds   check for worn surfaces and  loose or missing fasteners     Fluid Tanks   check underneath the vehicle for signs  of fluid leaks  If any are found  correct before operat   ing the vehicle       Fuel Tank Caps   are they secure     ignition source  such as a cigarette  could  cause an explosion  You could be killed or  seriously injured  A mixture of gasoline or  alcohol with diesel fuel increases this risk of  explosion      Do not remove a fuel tank cap near an open  flame       WARNING  Diesel fuel in the presence of an      Use only the fuel and or additives recom   mended for your engine     See page 147 for more information     11  Trailer Connections  Tractor    are they secure and  the lines clear  If they are not being used  are they  stored properly    e Is the trailer spare wheel secure and inflated      s the landing gear up and the hand
175. ive axle brake app    lication pressure when driving bobtail  without a trailer  connected   Proportioning the brakes allows full use of the  steer axle brakes and reduces lockup of the drive axle  brakes  The bobtail brake proportioning system is auto   matically turned off when a trailer is connected     Quick Release Valve  speeds the release of air from the  brake chambers  When air is released  the air in the brake  chambers is exhausted at the quick release valve  rather  than exhausting back through the treadle valve       120      Y53 6027    STARTING AND OPERATING THE VEHICLE    Single Check Valve  allows air flow in one direction only     Parking Brake Valve  yellow diamond shaped knob  It  controls the application and release of the parking   spring  brakes of truck or tractor trailer combinations or of  the tractor alone  If the air system is being charged from  zero pressure  the parking brake valve will not hold in the  release position until the system pressure exceeds 60 psi   414 kPa   which is the pressure required to override the  load of this valve s plunger return spring     Trailer Supply Valve  tractor   The Red octagonal   shaped knob protects the tractor system  it functions in  conjunction with the parking brake valve  yellow   The  trailer supply valve is responsible for synchronizing the  tractor and trailer parking and emergency brakes  If the air  system is being charged from zero pressure  the trailer  supply valve will not hold in the applied p
176. jumper cables must be long enough so that  the vehicles do not touch     If either battery has vent caps  remove them and check the  fluid level  If itis OK  replace the caps before going further  If  the level is low  add distilled water and replace the caps    Medium Duty  R05 09     Y53 6027    Electrical System    before proceeding  If no water is available  remove the caps  and cover the filler openings with a cloth  After jump starting  the vehicle  dispose of the cloth     on the battery  electrolyte could boil out of the  openings and cause death  injury or damage the  vehicle  Replace caps securely if the battery has  the full level of electrolyte  If the electrolyte is  low and no water is available  cover with a cloth       WARNING  If you do not cover the filler openings    Preparing the vehicles     1  Position the two vehicles together  but do not let them to  touch    2  Turn OFF all lights  heater  radio  and any other acces   sory    3  Set the parking brakes  pull out the Yellow button  located on the dash    4  Shift the transmission into park position   See Pages 67  and 34 for transmission shifting and parking brake infor   mation     5  Turn engine OFF  booster vehicle     6  Disconnect ground cable on booster battery         223      Electrical System    Connect the batteries     WARNING  When connecting jumper cables    AN make sure they can not get caught in any mov   ing parts in the engine compartment  You could  be killed or seriously injured     1
177. ke  grease meeting R S Specification 0   616  NLGI Grade 1        Lubricate according to Table 1   Recommended Main   tenance Intervals     Page 154     brake components   lubricate sparingly  Exces   sive amounts of lubricant could contaminate  brake linings  which could reduce brake effec   tiveness and cause an accident resulting in  death or injury     f WARNING  Do not apply too much lubricant to    Brake and Slack Adjuster Lubrication    According to the interval  pressure lubricate the slack  adjuster and brake camshaft  bracket tube   Two grease fit   tings are provided for both the slack adjuster and camshaft  bracket tube     e Use standard chassis lubricant  meeting No  1 grade  high temperature  water proof specifications        185     Brake System      Do not use moly disulfide loaded grease or oil  they may  shorten the service life of the slack adjuster       Do not use pressure release grease fittings when lubri   cating the slack adjuster     Checks and Adjustments    All vehicle operators should check the brakes regularly   Always adjust the brakes when they are cool       Parkthe vehicle on a level surface and block the wheels  before attempting any brake checks or adjustments     Brake Linings    WARNING  Do not use brake linings with a thick    AN ness below the specified minimum  Such linings  will have lining rivets exposed that can damage  the brake drum and reduce brake efficiency   which could cause death   personal injury or  system failure      Br
178. ked up to an  optional ISO 3731 connector     NOTE  For doubles or triples  PLC does not dis   tinguish between trailers  An ABS problem in any  trailer will activate the trailer ABS warning lamp     2  If an ABS equipped trailer is properly connected  the  trailer ABS warning lamp will remain illuminated for a  few more seconds while the trailer ABS is tested     e  f no trailer ABS problems are detected  the  lamp will go off     e  f a trailer ABS problem is detected  the lamp  will remain on  The driver should have the  trailers ABS problem corrected before the vehi   cle is driven with that trailer attached     Medium Duty  R05 09     Y53 6027    USING THE BRAKE SYSTEM    system that is functioning improperly  You  could lose control of the vehicle resulting in a  severe accident  causing death or personal  injury  If your ABS lamp goes on while you are  driving or stays on after the self check  your  anti lock system might not be working  The  ABS may not function in an emergency  You  will still have conventional brakes  but not  anti lock brakes  If the lamp indicates a prob   lem  have the ABS checked       WARNING  Do not rely on an anti lock brake    Wheel Spin Control Warning Lamp    Your ABS may have an acceleration slip regulation  ASR   or automatic traction control  ATC  feature  Either of these  features is monitored by a wheel spin control warning  lamp  This lamp is located in the warning lamp cluster     The Wheel Spin Control warning lamp will briefly ill
179. kes  If one of the brake circuits  should become inoperative  braking dis   tances will increase substantially and han   dling characteristics while braking will be  affected  You could lose control of your vehi   cle and cause an accident resulting in death  or personal injury  Have it towed to the near   est dealer or qualified workshop for repair        142  Y53 6027    have to release the spring brakes at the spring brake  chambers     WARNING  Do not disassemble a spring brake  chamber  These chambers contain a powerful  spring that is compressed  Sudden release of  this spring can cause death or personal  injury     Do not operate a vehicle when the spring  brakes have been manually released  Driv   ing a vehicle after its spring brakes are  manually released is extremely dangerous   You will probably have no brakes at all  You  could have a serious or fatal accident     Releasing the spring brakes on an unse   cured vehicle could lead to an accident  The  vehicle could roll  causing severe injury   Always secure the vehicle with wheel  chocks  chains  or other safe means to pre   vent rolling before manually releasing the  spring brakes     Medium Duty  R05 09     STARTING AND OPERATING THE VEHICLE VEHICLE RECOVERY AND SPRING BRAKES    To move a vehicle immobilized by the spring brakes due to 4  Insert the release stud  loss of air pressure in the brake system  perform the fol  through the opening in the    lowing procedure    spring chamber where the cap  4c  Remove t
180. king brake    An automatic transmission makes shifting much easier  before leaving the cab     however it is important to understand how to operate the    transmission efficiently  Please read the transmission    WARNING  Do not leave the cab of your vehicle    manufacturer s operation manual supplied with your vehi  without applying the parking brake  The truck  cle  could roll and cause an accident resulting in    death or personal injury  Always apply the park   ing brake before you leave the cab     Medium Duty  R05 09  Y53 6027  103        USING THE BRAKE SYSTEM    Using the Brake System    Li     NOTE  Today s diesel engines have significant  torque and startability power at low RPMs  Com   binations of engine speed and available torque  may overpower the vehicle s parking brakes     WARNING  Never drive your vehicle with the  parking brakes applied  Always release the  parking brakes prior to moving the vehicle   Failure to disengage the parking brakes prior  to moving your vehicle could result in exces   sive heat build up of the brakes and start a  fire  possibly resulting in death  personal  injury or property damage     NOTE  If your truck is equipped with hydraulic  brakes  go to page 121     H    The operation of the vehicle s braking system and many  vehicle accessories depends upon the storage and appli   cation of a high pressure air supply     This air brake system is a multiple circuit type  it has a cir   cuit for the front wheels  a separate circuit for th
181. knobs pushed in for normal operating  modes  the parking brakes of both the tractor and the  trailer may be applied by pulling the Yellow knob OUT   This will exhaust the air from the tractor spring brakes   and simultaneously cause the Red knob to pop OUT   which will apply the trailer brakes  This complies with  the FMVSS 121 requirement that one control should  apply all the parking brakes on the vehicle       110     Y53 6027    STARTING AND OPERATING THE VEHICLE    Trailer Charge      If both knobs are OUT  combination vehicle is  parked   and it is desired to recharge the trailer  the  Red knob may be pushed IN to repressurize the trailer  supply line  The tractor will remain parked  For more  information on air supply pressure requirements  see    page 108     Brake Safety and Emergency    WARNING  Do not operate the vehicle in the   AN event of a malfunction in any air circuit  The  vehicle should not be operated until the sys   tem is repaired and both braking circuits   including all pneumatic and mechanical com   ponents  are working properly  Loss of sys   tem air can cause the service brakes to not  function resulting in the sudden application of  the spring brakes causing wheel lock up  loss  of control  or over take by following vehicles   You could be in an accident and killed or  severely injured     Medium Duty  R05 09     STARTING AND OPERATING THE VEHICLE    Front Brakes     Truck  The following applies to full truck configurations     If air pressure is l
182. l to the proper level     Medium Duty  R05 09     Preventive Maintenance    TRANSMISSION AND CLUTCH    Introduction    Follow these steps to ensure parts are properly lubri   cated       Maintain oil level  check it regularly    Change oil regularly     Use the correct grade and type of oil    Buy oil from a reputable dealer    All Transmissions    Oil Change  Drain and replace according to Table 1   Rec   ommended Maintenance Intervals     Page 154 and the  Transmission Service Manual  Use the recommended types  of oil as specified in the Operation and Service Manual   included with vehicle   Select the appropriate lubricant for  the expected ambient  outside air  temperatures     Medium Duty  R05 09     Y53 6027    Transmission and Clutch    Transmission Lubricants    oil should not be intermixed because of possible  incompatibility  which could decrease the effec   tiveness of the lubrication or cause component  failure       CAUTION  When adding oil  types and brands of    Manual Transmissions    Manual transmissions are designed so that the internal parts  operate in a bath of oil circulated by the motion of gears and  shafts     Service Intervals    For recommended types and brands of all lubricants  see the  transmission manufacturer s Service Manual and Table 1    Recommended Maintenance Intervals     Page 154         239      Transmission and Clutch    Table9 Transmission Lubrication     Manual transmissions    Preventive Maintenance                   meeting MIL L 2
183. le     Page 157  The person best equipped to do this is your  Authorized Service Center s mechanic           Medium Duty  R05 09     Preventive Maintenance Tires and Wheels    they are not tightened properly  wheel nuts    Proper Torque and Sequence f WARNING  Tighten wheel cap nuts properly  If  could eventually cause the wheel to become    Proper wheel torque can best be obtained on level ground     Install lug nuts and finger tighten in the numerical sequence loose  to fail  and or to come off while the vehi   as shown below  see  Crisscross Tightening Sequence  on cle is moving  possibly causing loss of control if  page 212  This procedure will ensure that the wheel is drawn the vehicle and death  serious personal injury or  evenly against the hub  Torque each nut to the torque value damage to the vehicle     listed in Table 7 on page 210     Medium Duty  R05 09  53 6027   209        Tires and Wheels    Table 7 Wheel Cap Nut Torque    Preventive Maintenance                                                                            DYNAMIC TORQUE FOR  WHEEL  amp  NUT INNER  amp  OUTER CAP  CONFIGURATION STUD SIZE NUTS  amp  RIM CLAMP NUTS  N m Lb Ft  Steel Disc Type Wheel  Double Cap Nut Mounting  Standard 3 4 16 545 630 400   465  7 8  Radius Ball Seat or Flanged Nuts  1 1 8 16 545 630 400 465  Alum  Disc Type Wheel  Double Cap Nut Mounting  Standard 3 4 16 530 625 390 460  7 8  Radius Ball Seat or Flanged Nuts  1 1 8 16 530 625 390 460  Heavy Duty Steel Disc Type Wheel  
184. le secured    12  Check the fifth wheel  Is the kingpin locked       sthe sliding fifth wheel locked     Prestart     Daily    1  Seat   adjust the seat for easy reach of controls     Y53 6027  87       If your vehicle is equipped with an adjustable steering    column  adjust the steering wheel to a comfortable  position     3  Mirrors   check and readjust mirrors if necessary     4  Lights   turn ignition key to the IGN  amp  ACC position  and check for warning lights and buzzer  Check oper   ation of turn signals and emergency lights    5  Instruments   check all instruments    6  Windshield   check operation of windshield wipers  and washers    7  Horn   check operation of horn    8  Check fire extinguisher charge and road emergency  kit    9  Fuel   check fuel  Is there enough fuel    10  Seat Belts   fasten and adjust safety restraint belts      88     DRIVER S CHECK LIST    Weekly Operations    1     Y53 6027    Battery   check battery and terminals  Check battery  and alternator cables for signs of chafing       Wheel Cap Nuts   are they all in place and torqued    properly   tighten if necessary  See  Wheel Cap Nut  Torque     Page 173       Other Controls and Wiring   check for condition and    adjustment       Steering Components   check pitman arm  draglink     and power steering hoses  etc   for loose  broken  or  missing parts       Other Engine Compartment Checks      Check condition and fastening of engine belt  hoses   clamps  and radiator     Check the air cl
185. mall parti     Medium Duty  R05 09     Y53 6027    Heater and Air Conditioner    cles may be removed with compressed air blown through  the core in the opposite direction of normal air flow     WARNING  Wear eye protection any time    N you blow compressed air  Small particles  blown by compressed air could injure your  eyes       Check the compressor belt for condition and proper ten   sion      Check all hoses for kinks  deterioration  chafing  and  leaks  Adjust kinked or chafing hoses to eliminate restric   tions and prevent further wear    Check all components and connections for refrigerant  leaks  If you discover a leak  do not try to tighten a con   nection  Tightening a connection may cause a worse  leak  Have a qualified technician correct the problem     NOTE  A leaking evaporator or condenser core  cannot be repaired  it must be replaced     Have the air conditioning system fully serviced annually by  your Peterbilt Dealer or Authorized Service Center  Qualified  service technicians will have to evacuate and recharge the  System      217        Electrical System    ELECTRICAL SYSTEM    CAUTION  Do not modify or improperly repair  the vehicle s electrical system or power distribu   tion box  All electrical repairs should be per   formed by an authorized Peterbilt dealer   Improper repair or modifications will void your  warranty and or cause serious damage to your  vehicle     Location Of Fuses    Fuses are located inside the cab  left side  next to the driver s  d
186. many  years later  Regular and correct care will contribute to main   taining the beauty and the value of your vehicle     Your Peterbilt Dealer has a number of vehicle care products  and can advise you on which ones to use for cleaning the  exterior and interior of your vehicle     Medium Duty  R05 09     Preventive Maintenance      CAUTION  Do not aim the water jet directly at 4     door locks or latch  Tape the key holes to pre   vent water from seeping into the lock cylinders     Water in lock cylinders should be removed with 5    compressed air  To prevent locks from freezing    in the winter  squirt glycerin or lock deicer into 6    the lock cylinders   Washing the Exterior    1  Begin by spraying water over the dry surface to remove  all loose dirt before applying the car wash and wax solu   tion      Do not wash the vehicle in direct sunshine     Do not spray water directly into any vents    2  Using soapy water  wash the vehicle with a clean soft  cloth or a soft brush made for automotive cleaning      Use cool or warm water and a mild  household type    Cab Maintenance    Wipe everything dry with a chamois to avoid water spots       To prevent water spotting  dry off the cosmetic sur   faces with a clean cloth or chamois       Remove road tar with an automotive type tar remover or    mineral spirits       After cleaning and drying  apply a quality automotive    wax     NOTE  To allow enough time for your truck s finish to  cure  wait at least thirty days after the d
187. minal and any other metal  on the vehicle at the same time  Remove metal  jewelry and avoid leaning over the battery     If metal jewelry or other metal comes in contact  with electrical circuits  a short circuit may occur  causing death or serious personal injury  as well  as electrical system failure and damage to the  vehicle     Do not try to jump start or charge a frozen bat   tery   Even a battery with ice particles on the  electrolyte surface is dangerous   Allow it to  thaw out first  And always allow the battery to  thaw gradually   do not apply direct heat  Gas  trapped in the ice may cause an explosion     Medium Duty  R05 09     Preventive Maintenance    To Jump Start Your Vehicle    must have a 12 volt rating  And the capacity of  the booster battery should not be lower than  that of the discharged battery  Use of batteries of  different voltage or substantially different capac   ity rating may cause an explosion and death or  serious personal injury       CAUTION  Applying a higher voltage booster    f WARNING  The voltage of the booster battery    battery will cause expensive damage to sensi   tive electronic components  such as relays  and  the radio       Improper hook up of jumper cables or not fol   lowing these procedures can damage the alter   nator or cause serious damage to both vehicles     WARNING  To avoid death  serious personal    N injury and damage to the vehicle  heed all warn   ings and instructions of the jumper cable manu   facturer      The 
188. mission 88  103  242  fluid 245  oil level 242  Axle weight rating 84  85  132  267  B    Ball bearing grease 168  Ball seat mounted wheels 213  Battery  access 220  care 221  compartment cover 10  electrolyte 225    Medium Duty  R05 09     recharging 224  226  slow battery charging 226  Belts  seat 75  78  Block heater 93  182  Bobtail brake 109  117  Brake  adjustment 186  air pressure gauge 198  checks and adjustments 185  components 119  compounding 120  emergency braking 112  hand valve  trailer 116  linings 186  lubrication 185  operation 105  overheating 113  parking 106  proportion valve 105  safety   front 111  safety   rear 111  safety   tractor trailer 112  System   safety and emergency 110  194  system   towing and spring brakes 142  System checks 184  188  System malfunction 142  System park   tractor 110  trailer brake hand valve 116    Y53 6027     269      trailer charge 110   treadle valve 119  Brake Fluid Check 189  Brake Fluid Reservoir 122  Brake Master Cylinder 122  Brake Warning Lamp 123  C  Cab   access 9   heater maintenance 216   maintenance 234  Calipers 191  Charge air cooler 202  Chassis   grease 168   number 264  265  Cleaning the vehicle 230  Clutch 98   clutch adjustment 102   clutch brake 100   clutch travel 100   fan drive 259   operating the clutch 98   riding the clutch 102  Coasting 102  Component lubrication index 168  Compressed air reservoir 87  119  197  Compressor 119         270      Consumer information 263  Controls    Air Suspensio
189. n    Installed Equipment     Operator s Manuals    Major component suppliers to Peterbilt also supply opera   tion manuals specific to their products  Additional manuals  and other pieces of literature are included in the glove  compartment literature set  Look for information on prod   ucts such as the engine  driver s seat  transmission  axles   tires  and radio  If you are missing these pieces of litera   ture  ask your Peterbilt Dealer for copies     Other Sources    Another place to learn more about trucking is from local  truck driving schools  Contact one near you to learn about  courses they offer     Federal and state agencies such as the department of  licensing also have information you can ask for  The  National Highway Traffic Safety Administration and the  Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration can give you    EE Der    INTRODUCTION    information about regulations governing transportation  across state lines  Regulations that differ from state to  state can be found at various agencies in state govern   ments         8  Y53 6027 Medium Duty  R05 09     CAB AND FRAME ACCESS    Cab and Frame Access    Introduction    The following section covers procedures for accessing the  cab and the frame     Door Lock and Keys    Doors can be locked from the inside by using the lock but   ton  Close the door then push the button down to lock   Doors automatically unlock when you open them from  inside  and can be locked from the outside with the key  only     As standar
190. n Deflate Switch  Dump Valve  54  Brakesaver 59   Cruise Control Switch 55   Dome Light Switch 53   Electric Horn 48   Fifth Wheel Lock  Slider Adjustment  Switch 62  Fog Lights Switch 54   Hazard Flasher 51   Heater Air Conditioning Controls 66   ID and Clearance Lights Switch 53   Interaxle Differential Lock Switch 61   Mirror Heat Switch 58   Panel Light Dimmer 53   Parking Brake Valve and Trailer Air Supply Valve 63  Power Door Lock Switch 59   Power Mirror Switch 57   Power Window Switch 58   Tilt  Telescoping Steering Column 50   Trailer Brake Hand Valve 49   Two Speed Rear Axle  Range  Switch 62  Windshield Wipers and Washers 47    Cooling system    conventional coolant 181  extended life coolant 179  temperature 41  topping up 180    Y53 6027 Medium Duty  R05 09     Cruise control  operation 97  Cruise Control On Off 17  Cruise Control Select 17  D  Daily operations 86  dash 16  dashboard 16  Daytime running lights 52  DEF 43  176  DEF Gauge 17  Defogging defrosting system 68  Deisel Exhaust Fluid 176  Department of transportation regulation 392 7 83  Diesel fuel 148  Dipstick 174  Disc brake pads 190  Disc brake rotors 191  Door Lock 9  Door lock 59  231  Double check valve 119  Downshift 102  Driver Information Display 17  Driver s  checklist 83  daily and weekly checks 85  86  88  seat 74  tips 102    Medium Duty  R05 09     Driveshaft 245  lubrication 245  Driving  bobtail 116  122  vehicle inspection 83  with deflated air springs 137  DRL 52  Dry tank 119  Dual a
191. n air slide fifth wheel have a fifth wheel  slider lock controlled by a switch on the instrument panel   By placing the switch in the unlock position  you can slide       62  Y53 6027 Medium Duty  R05 09     CONTROLS AND DISPLAY DASH  AND DOOR MOUNTED FEATURES       the fifth wheel to various positions to adjust weight distri   bution  There is a guard over this switch to protect you  against accidentally activating or releasing the lock     Parking Brake Valve and Trailer Air Supply  Valve    Before you leave the cab  apply all parking brakes       for vehicles with air brakes        02391 1          1  Apply all parking brakes  Pull out the Yellow Parking       Brake Control knob  1  located on the dash  In trac  Full Truck Parking Brake Valve   tors  the Red  octagon shaped  Trailer Air Supply     Control knob  2  will automatically pop out  WARNING  Do not leave the cab without  applying the parking brake  The truck could    roll and cause an accident involving death or  personal injury  Always apply the parking  brake before you leave the cab     Medium Duty  R05 09  Y53 6027     63      DASH  AND DOOR MOUNTED FEATURES        1  Parking Brake Control   Yellow      2  Trailer Air Supply  Control  Red      amp  TO    KS D  A  TRAILERS    AIR  SUP   NOT FOR PARKING            02394             Combination  Tractor Trailer  Parking Brake Control Valves    2  Shift the transmission into its PARK position   See  Pages 100 and 146 for transmission shifting and park   ing brake 
192. n aluminum wheels and bumpers with warm water   Tar remover will get rid of heavy deposits of road grime   To prevent spotting  wipe aluminum surfaces dry after  washing      Under corrosive conditions  such as driving on salted  roads  clean aluminum parts with steam or high pressure  water from a hose  A mild soap solution will help  Rinse  thoroughly     Stainless Steel    Even high quality stainless steel parts can rust under pro   longed exposure to salt water  especially when the salt laden  moisture is held against the metal surface by road grime  It is   therefore  important to frequently clean salty moisture and  grime from stainless steel surfaces     e If surface rust is encountered  wash the surface and use  a commercial polishing compound to clean off the rust   followed by a coating of wax  do not apply wax to hot  parts  such as exhaust pipes        Never use steel wool when cleaning stainless steel  because minute particles of the steel wool can embed in  the surface of the stainless steel and cause rust staining         229      Cab Maintenance    Cleaning  Protection and Weather Stripping    Frequent washings of the vehicle are required to remove  grime and contaminants that can stain and oxidize paint and  accelerate corrosion of plated and polished metal surfaces     Waxing offers added protection against staining and oxida   tion  But to allow enough time for your truck s finish to cure   wait about 30 days after the date of manufacture before wax   ing  
193. n trips the locking  dogs as the tractor is backed under a trailer     Fifth Wheel Jaw Lock  To unlock the fifth wheel lock       Pull out on the lever  usually located on the left hand  side of the fifth wheel  until it remains in an overcenter  position    Hook Up       After connecting your tractor to the trailer  always  inspect the jaws to be sure they have locked on the  kingpin before driving       138      Y53 6027    STARTING AND OPERATING THE VEHICLE       FIFTH WHEEL                Fifth Wheel Slide Switch    Air Controlled Sliding Fifth Wheel    Vehicles having an air controlled sliding fifth wheel have a  fifth wheel slider lock controlled by a switch on the acces   Sory switch panel  To operate this type of lock  move the  switch to the appropriate position  By placing the switch in  the UNLOCK position  you can slide the fifth wheel to var   ious positions to adjust weight distribution  There is a  guard on this switch to protect you against accidentally  activating or releasing the lock     Medium Duty  R05 09     STARTING AND OPERATING THE VEHICLE    WARNING  Do not move of the fifth wheel   AN while the tractor trailer is in motion  Your load  could shift suddenly  causing you to lose con   trol of the vehicle  which can result in a acci   dent causing death or personal injury  Never  operate the vehicle with the switch in the  UNLOCK position  Always inspect the fifth  wheel after you lock the switch to be sure the  fifth wheel lock is engaged     DRIVING T
194. ncludes an  engine hour meter and outside air temperature display     Watching your tachometer is important to driving effi   ciently  It will let you match driving speed and gear selec   tion to the operating range of your engine  If your engine  speed gets too high  you can select a higher gear to lower  the RPM  If your engine speed drops too low  you can  select a lower gear to raise the RPM     Medium Duty  R05 09     CONTROLS AND DISPLAY    Engine Hours   Outside Air Temperature    HESABA wes  air       Hour Meter       Snowflake  Symbol    Temperature        amp  EB g  Be    The LCD display in the lower part of the tachometer con   tains the engine hour meter and the outside air tempera   ture display        The engine hour meter will display the total number of  hours the engine has been running  The maximum hours  that can be shown are    99999 9    before the meter rolls  over to zero     The outside air temperature  OAT  will display the temper   ature outside the vehicle  The temperature can be dis   played from  40   to 158   in Fahrenheit or  40   to 70    Celsius  The display will also alert the driver when the out   side temperate approaches freezing  32  F or 0  C  by dis   playing a snowflake symbol  The symbol will turn on when  the temperature drops below 34  F or 11  C and flash for    Medium Duty  R05 09        Y53 6027    STANDARD GAUGES    the first 3 seconds  then stay on until the temperature  goes above 37  F or 28     The temperature can display us
195. nd    MAX    marks  If the fluid level is below the   MIN  mark  correct the condition       Disconnect the battery cables     Connect charger cables     Start charging the battery at a rate not over 6 amperes     Normally  a battery should be charged at no more than  10 percent of its rated capacity     Medium Duty  R05 09     Preventive Maintenance    5  After charging  turn OFF charger and disconnect charger  cables     Bulb Replacement    Tail Lights    To replace the tail lamps  remove lens  The bulbs are all of  the bayonet type   1  To remove the bulbs  turn bayonet counter clockwise and  pull out   2  To install  fit the bulb in the socket  push in and turn bay   onet clockwise     Replacement Bulbs                            DESCRIPTION PART NO   Headlights 9007BULB  Front turn signal 3157K LL BULB  Marker 1895BULB  Stop tail turn 1157BULB  Backup 1156BULB  Hood marker 4157NAK LL BULB  Roof marker 194BULB                Electrical System       Dome 1141BULB       Warning lamp module  37 or 73  T1 3 4 wedge base                Electrical and Alternator Precautions    Take the following precautions to avoid burning out alternator  diodes     Medium Duty  R05 09  Y53 6027    Do not start the engine with alternator disconnected   connections removed  from the circuit    Before welding  disconnect all electronic connections to  the vehicle batteries    Remove battery power cable and insulate it from the  vehicle  See  Welding  on page 250 for more informa   tion    Do not
196. nded periods of time will  result in increased soot levels in the DPF which  can affect engine performance or disable the  engine     Power Mirror Switch    A CAUTION  Do not leave the three position switch    If your vehicle is equipped with power mirrors  the mirror  controls will be located on the driver side door pad  Aero   dynamic style mirrors are controlled for 4 way adjustable  movement  while Moto mirrors are controlled for 2 way  adjustable movement     WARNING  Convex mirrors can distort images   AN and make objects appear smaller and farther  away than they really are  You could have an  accident resulting in death or personal injury if  you are too close to another vehicle or other  object  Keep plenty of space between your  vehicle and others when you turn or change  lanes  Remember that other objects are closer  than they may appear     Medium Duty  R05 09     Y53 6027          Mirror Selector    Mirror Directional M   NI  AM Switch    Control Pad oma e      il    To Adjust Moto Mirrors             NOTE  The Power Mirror Switch does not control  the adjustment of the convex mirrors     1  Move the mirror selector switch to the right or left from  the neutral center position to select the desired mirror  for adjustment     il    NOTE  If the mirror is fixed  non motorized  on  the left side  then the mirror selector switch will  ONLY allow selection of the neutral and right mir   ror switch positions         57     DASH  AND DOOR MOUNTED FEATURES    2  Depress 
197. nents work together and  must be checked periodically to ensure the brake  system works properly  See the  Medium Duty  Maintenance Manual  for more information on  brake maintenance     Hydraulic Brake System    Introduction    To operate your vehicle safely  you need some understanding  of its brake systems  Brake adjustment and brake balance  must be set carefully to allow equal stopping forces at all  wheels  Tires are also a very important part of the whole sys   tem  How fast you can stop depends on how much friction  there is between the road and your tires         188      Y53 6027    Preventive Maintenance    All of the following areas are interrelated and must conform to  original specifications       wheel size    tire size     brake pads    brake rotors      front wheel bearings    front end alignment      parking brake drum  radius    Once a brake system is set to specifications  changing any  one of its components or any combination of components  may degrade the system  All parts have to work together to  perform as they should     Your brake system is hydraulically operated  Refer to the sec   tion titled  Service Brake Component Inspection  on  page 190 for more information on inspecting the brakes     Any replacement components in the brake system must meet  the specifications of the original components  Any changes  from the original specifications can affect the performance of  the entire system     Medium Duty  R05 09     Preventive Maintenance    A    A 
198. nformation     2  Engine Belt   check tension and condition of belts   This is important to ensure proper air compressor and  engine operation      Measure the belt tension at the longest span of the  belt  See page 142 for further information on check   ing belt tension     NOTE  Deflection should be one belt thick   mn ness for each foot distance between the  pulley centers      f breaks or tears are found  the belt should be  replaced before operating the vehicle     3  Fuel Filter Water Separator Draining   check and  drain  Depending on the fuel storage facility  more fre   quent draining may be required         86        Y53 6027    DRIVER S CHECK LIST    4  Windshield washer reservoir fluid level   fill if neces   sary     5  Hood closed before entering cab  Is it latched prop   erly     Chassis and Cab Checks     Daily    Before entering the cab and operating the vehicle  check  the following equipment for proper maintenance     1  Lights   do headlights  turn signals  emergency flash   ers  and exterior lamps function and are they clean  and adjusted properly     2  Windows and Mirrors   are they clean and adjusted  properly     3  Tires and Wheels   are they inflated properly  Are all  wheel cap nuts in place and torqued properly   tighten  if necessary  Check front wheel bearing oil levels   Inspect all tires and wheels for damage   correct if  found     4  Suspension   check for loose or missing fasteners   Check damage to springs or other suspension parts     Med
199. nformation  dl menu  push the MCS on this menu  bullet    To exit  push the MCS again  To reset the trip  values  press the Trip Odometer Reset But   ton on the main gauge instrument cluster     Trip  Information       Certain Trip Information functions area accessible  when driving or when parked         Trip Economy      Trip Average Speed    Other Trip Information functions are accessible only  when parked       Trip Distance        Trip Engine Hours      Trip Idle Hours      Trip Idle Percentage  96     Y53 6027    INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS    CONTROLS AND DISPLAYS        PTO Hours      PTO Trip Hours      PTO Trip Percentage  96     To reset the Trip Values  press the Trip Odometer  Reset Button on the main gauge instrument cluster   E  Truck Information  Accessible only while parked     NOTE  When accessing the truck informa   tion menu  push the MCS on this menu  bul   let   To exit  push the MCS again     Truck  Information       1  Chassis Number     Engine Make     Engine Model     Engine SW Version      Transmission Make    oan RK OD    Transmission Model    Medium Duty  R05 09     Medium Duty  R05 09     CONTROLS AND DISPLAYS    7  Transmission SW Version   8  ABS  Antilock Braking System  Make  9  ABS Model   10  ABS SW Version    11  CECU  Cab Electronic Control Unit  Software  Version    12  CECU Hardware Version    Diagnostic Display  Accessible only while parked     NOTE   Faults Found  will only be active if a  red or yellow warning lamp is illuminated     Di
200. ng Tread  Record below   Tires  amp  Wheels Inspection  Right  E    Y53 6027 Medium Duty  R05 09       164      Preventive Maintenance Maintenance Schedule and Lubrication    Table2 Maintenance Schedule                                                                      INTERVAL COMMENTS  gE E5b EE  OPERATION   FREQUENCY ss ss   ss  mwe  eco eo  na   2a  83  Left  rz     Air Pressure Adjusted to   ALIGNMENT A B c  Toe in  in  mm   Caste L ORE  Rear Axle Alignment C2  ROAD TEST A B Cc  Steering   Steering Play  Shifting  Brakes  Engine Operation  noises  surging  black smoke   Throttle Linkage  Jake Brake Operation  Seat Belts  Air Seat Operation  Cab Heater          Medium Duty  R05 09  53 6027    165       Maintenance Schedule and Lubrication Preventive Maintenance    Table2 Maintenance Schedule                                                                            INTERVAL COMMENTS  gEE  EBb EE  OPERATION   FREQUENCY 9898 88  oo oo 2o  VYNITA SS  Air Conditioner  Instruments and Gauges   Speedometer odometer  Tachometer  Oil Pressure  Engine Temperature  Illumination  BODY A B C  Interior Liner Damage  Door Operation  Roll up Door Tracks     Lubricate  Lift gate Operation  OTHER A B C  Hood Pivots  Fifth Wheel Components 40     60K For Adjustment  Brake Treadle Hinge and Roller  Lock Cylinders  Door Hinges  Door Latches and Striker Plate  Door Weatherstrip  Air Dryer Drain Tanks  Replace Desiccant as  Required                  166     53 6027 Medium Duty  R05 09     Pr
201. ng to follow  Pay special attention to  instructions prefaced by symbols and the signal words   WARNING      CAUTION     and    NOTE     Please do not  ignore any of these alerts     WARNING    When you see this word  the message that fol   lows is especially vital  It signals a potentially  hazardous situation which  if not avoided  could  result in an injury or death  This message will tell  you what the hazard is  what can happen if you  don t heed the warning  and how to avoid it     Example     WARNING  Never carry additional fuel con   tainers in the vehicle  Such containers  full or  empty  may leak  explode or cause a fire in the  event of a collision     CAUTION    A  A    Z     Signals a potentially hazardous situation  which  if not avoided  could result in property or  vehicle damage     Example     CAUTION  Continuing to operate your vehicle  with insufficient oil pressure will cause seri   ous engine damage     NOTE    il  il    INTRODUCTION    Provides general information  for example  the  note may suggest how to operate the vehicle  more efficiently     Example     NOTE  Pumping the accelerator will not assist in  starting the engine        Please take the time to read these messages when    WARNING     Something that could seriously injure or kill you or oth     ers     CAUTION     Something that could cause property or vehicle dam     age     NOTE     Useful information        you see them  and remember           Y53 6027    Medium Duty  R05 09     INTRODUC
202. ngages the clutch brake  This is called  clutch brake squeeze  When the clutch wears  the release  bearing gradually moves toward the engine  decreasing free  pedal and free travel  When all free pedal and free travel are  gone  the clutch requires adjustment     The clutch is adjusted by turning an adjustment ring that is  built into the clutch  When the ring is turned  the release  bearing moves back toward the transmission  restoring free  pedal and clutch free travel  Under normal clutch wear this is  the only adjustment needed  Do not attempt to change any  other component  See the Medium Duty Maintenance Man   ual for details     Medium Duty  R05 09     Y53 6027    Transmission and Clutch    Clutch Adjustment     Normal Wear    Clutch pedal free travel is usually 1 3 4 in  to 2 in   34 to 51  mm   This should be your guide for determining whether your  truck needs clutch adjustment  Also  if it becomes increas   ingly difficult to shift into gears  or the truck creeps with the  clutch pedal depressed  your clutch needs adjustment  See  the Medium Duty Maintenance Manual for the proper  adjustment procedures     Some vehicles have automatic clutch adjustment  If yours  doesn t have this feature  adjustment will have to be done by  a trained certified mechanic  Have the adjustment done  before clutch pedal free travel is reduced to the minimum  allowable 1 2 in   13mm      Clutch Linkage    The Medium Duty vehicle is equipped with a rod and lever  mechanical clutch linkag
203. nger s  hands  and body  Failure to do so can result in death  or personal injury     Medium Duty  R05 09     CONTROLS AND DISPLAY    Your vehicle is probably equipped with power windows   Power window rocker switches are located on the door  pads  a switch for the passenger window is also on the  driver side door pad  as shown above   To open or close a  window  depress the switch for that window at the end that  displays a downward  or upward directed arrow  respec   tively  in the window symbol on the switch face  Release the  Switch to stop window movement     Power Door Lock Switch                Your vehicle is probably equipped with power door locks   Power door lock rocker switches are located on the door  pads  switch on the driver side door pad is shown above   To  lock or unlock both cab doors as well as a sleeper door   depress any door lock switch at the end that displays a    Medium Duty  R05 09     Y53 6027    DASH  AND DOOR MOUNTED FEATURES    closed or open padlock symbol  respectively  on the switch  face     Manual and Automatic Control Switch  oooo        O    With the switch in the AUTOMATIC position  the Brake   Saver will be fully applied automatically when the operator  has the vehicle in gear and takes his or her foot off the  accelerator pedal     With the switch in the ON position  the BrakeSaver will be  applied constantly  regardless of whether the operator has  the vehicle in gear or his or her foot off the accelerator        59        DASH  AND 
204. not exceed 5 mph     Driving Tips And Techniques    This section covers additional driving tips and techniques  on how to drive your vehicle more efficiently  For further  information  read the American Trucking Association s   ATA  Truck Driver s Handbook  It will give you more tips  on starting  shifting  and driving your vehicle       130      STARTING AND OPERATING THE VEHICLE    Use of Driver Information Display    The Driver Information Display provides information to  help the driver optimiize vehicle efficiency  Refer to the  section  Driver Information Display  on page 28 for details   A driver will find the section describing Trip Information  and the RPM Detail useful     Coasting    AN    WARNING  Do not coast with the transmis   sion in neutral or with the clutch pedal  depressed   it is a dangerous practice  With   out the use of the retarding power of the driv   etrain  your vehicle can reach dangerous  speeds  At very high speeds you may not be  able to put the transmission in any gear  At  high speeds you could seriously damage your  vehicle or cause an accident when you put the  transmission in gear  The engine speed could  exceed the maximum governed speed and  cause a serious accident  resulting in death or  personal injury  due to mechanical failures     Do not coast with the transmission in neutral or with the  clutch pedal depressed  Besides being illegal and danger   OUS  coasting is also expensive  It causes premature fail     Y53 6027    Medium Duty 
205. nough to prevent an  accident  You could be killed or injured if you  relied only on the engine retarder     f WARNING  The service brakes must be used    e The engine retarder is NOT intended as the  primary brake for the vehicle  nor is it an  emergency brake  The engine retarder only  helps the service brakes by using pressure  to slow the drivetrain  Use the service  brakes for quick stops     Exhaust Brake    With the exhaust brake switch ON  the brake automati   cally creates its braking effect when you remove your foot  from the accelerator pedal     The brake switch is located on the accessory dash panel   It controls whether the brake is ON  ready to slow the  vehicle down  or OFF  no braking action        Do not use the engine retarder  such as an exhaust  brake  to slow the vehicle down when you are bobtail   ing or pulling an empty trailer      118     Y53 6027    STARTING AND OPERATING THE VEHICLE      Make sure the brake is OFF before starting the  engine      After the engine is started  warmed up  and you are  ready to get under way  turn the exhaust brake switch  ON for added braking effect     WARNING  Do not use the engine retarder  when operating on road surfaces with poor  traction  such as wet  icy  or snow covered  roads or gravel   Retarders can cause the  wheels to skid on a slippery surface  You  could lose control of the vehicle and or jack   knife if the wheels begin to skid  resulting in  an accident  causing death or personal injury     However  
206. nstrumentation  System Self Test  The audible alarm will also sound in  conjunction with some warning lights  These events    4    INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS    include but are not limited to headlight on  fifth wheel  stop  engine  primary secondary air  and driver door open    warnings   Optional Lights     Additional lights may be operational depending on individ   ual vehicle specifications  These will be included in the  Instrument System Self Test     NOTE  Some optional lights may illuminate even    though your vehicle is not equipped with that par   ticular feature     Warning Light   Indicator Symbols    The following is a list of Warning Light   Indicator Symbols   Reading left to right  the table header identifies      the Symbol Name     the appearance of the Symbol     the Symbol Color when it is illuminated     whether the symbol is standard  Std  or optional  Opt     the Page Number reference for additional information    Symbols are listed by major component sections         22      CONTROLS AND DISPLAYS  Example  Engine  and then in alphabetical order     Warning Light   Indicator Symbols       Symbol Name Symbol   Color   Std   Opt   Page       1  Active Warnings  Exclama     tion Point Red   24       2  Active Warnings  Number  Yellow e 25       3  Active Warnings  Triangle  Yellow e 25       4  Alternator    I  1  A  Red e 25       5  Anti Lock Brake System                 ABS   9  Yellow   e 25  6  Anti Lock Brake System   ABS   Trailer Yelow i  us 25  7  A
207. nts 10 000 15 000 SPL Driveline  Center Bearing None  Suspension Per Specifications AG200     Synthetic Grease With Special Fitting                Medium Duty  R05 09        Y53 6027         155     Maintenance Schedule and Lubrication Preventive Maintenance    Table 1 Recommended Maintenance Intervals                                     ITEM INTERVAL COMMENTS  Hydraulic Brakes  Brake Pad Lining Inspection 7 500 mile Minimum 3 16 in  thickness  Rotor Inspection 15 000 miles or 15 mos  Park Brake Inspection 15 000 miles or 15 mos  Brake Fluid Reservoir  Check Fluid Level 7 500 miles Use DOT 3 brake fluid only  Change Fluid Every 2 years Use DOT 3 brake fluid only  Power Steering Fluid Reservoir  Check Fluid Level 7 500 miles Use Automatic Transmission Fluid  ATF   Change Fluid 60 000 bed twice per Use Automatic Transmission Fluid  ATF             156     Y53 6027 Medium Duty  R05 09     Preventive Maintenance    Maintenance Schedule    Use Table 2   Maintenance Schedule     as a guide to plan  service work  Be sure and follow the frequency recommenda     Maintenance Schedule and Lubrication    TABLE KEY                n NOTE  If a scheduled service interval is shaded  skip to the  next interval  The frequency of each service operation is  identified by open  non shaded areas                                       tions for your vehicle  C2 Federal Annual Inspection 120 000 miles 192 000 km only   C4 Federal Annual Inspection 240 000 miles 384 000 km only   E2 50 000 Mile Servic
208. ocedures  refer to the Engine  Operation Manual included with your vehicle or the  engine manufacturer s service manual     Service Intervals      Check engine oil daily     Y53 6027      173     Engine Maintenance    Cil Draining      Refer to the engine manufacturer s Engine Operation  and Maintenance Manual supplied with your vehicle for  information about draining and refilling engine oil  engine  crankcase capacity  engine oil type  and changing oil fil   ters  etc     could be seriously burned  Let the engine oil    f WARNING  Hot engine oil can be dangerous  You  cool down before changing it       Drain the oil into a container designed for this purpose      When draining the oil  remove the plug with the proper  size wrench and keep as far away as possible  Always  keep your forearm parallel to the ground to help prevent  hot oil from running down your arm      The oil filler cap must be secured to avoid oil spill caus   ing a potential fire hazard     Oil Level Check      To check the engine oil level  park the vehicle on level  ground and wait 5 minutes after shutting the engine OFF   This allows time for the oil to drain to the oil pan      Remove the dipstick and wipe it off with a clean  lint free  rag     duc    Y53 6027    Preventive Maintenance      Reinsert the dipstick all the way in and pull it out again to  check oil level  Correct oil level is between the low  L   and high  H  marks on the dipstick     For further information regarding oil level  see the 
209. of  one inch  measured from the belt to your chest   Be  sure to allow only a small amount of slack     3  When the slack is right  flip the latch cover up  cinch   ing it into place                 02395       The Komfort Lok latch    Medium Duty  R05 09  Y53 6027   81     During Pregnancy    Pregnant women should always wear combination lap   shoulder belts  The lap belt portion must be worn snugly  and as low as possible across the pelvis  To avoid pres   sure on the abdomen  the belt must never pass over the  waist  Sometimes pregnant women worry that in a crash  the seat belt could hurt the baby  But if a woman wears  her belt properly   low over her pelvis  below her abdo   men   the belt will not harm the baby  even in a crash  And  remember   the best way to keep an unborn baby safe is  to keep the mother safe     Passengers    Anyone riding in your vehicle should wear a seat belt  A  responsible operator sees to it that everyone in the vehicle  rides safely   and that means with a seat belt     Belt Damage and Repair    Damaged belts in the cab must be replaced  Belts that  have been stretched  cut  or worn out may not protect you  in an accident        82        Y53 6027    SEATS                               Pregnant Woman with Belt Properly Worn  If any seat belt is not working properly  see an Authorized  Service Center for repair or replacement     For further information on seat belts and seat belt mainte   nance  see  Safety Restraint System     Inspection   P
210. of the spring      Replace defective parts  Because repaired springs can   not be fully restored to their original service life  replace  the complete assembly if cracks or other defects are  detected      After replacement of any part or discovery of loose com   ponents  check the torque of all fasteners         250      Y53 6027    Preventive Maintenance    Rear Axle Lubrication      Check oil level with the vehicle parked on level ground  and the fluid warm  The level should be even with the  bottom of the filler hole     CAUTION  Do not mix lubricants of different   A  grades  although  mixing different brands of the  same grade lubricant  meeting MIL    L   2105   C    is acceptable  Lubricants of different grades are  not compatible and could damage the axle     NOTE  In all cases  the lubricant supplier assumes  Ld  full responsibility for the performance of their prod   uct  and for product and patent liability     Initial Change  Change lubricant in new or rebuilt axle  assemblies within the first 3 000 to 5 000 miles  4800 to 8000  km   For recommended types and brands of lubricants  con   tact your Peterbilt Dealer or Authorized Service Center  See  the Medium Duty Maintenance Manual and the axle manu   facturer s Service Manual for further information on servicing  drive axles     Medium Duty  R05 09     Preventive Maintenance    Table 11 Drive Axle Lubrication    Rear Axle and Suspension       AMBIENT TEMPERATURE RANGE                      MODEL RECOMMENDED LUBRI
211. old it down for five minutes  The pres   sure drop should not exceed 3 0 psi  21 kPa  per minute     Medium Duty  R05 09     Y53 6027    Air System    7  If you detect excessive leakage  air pressure loss greater  than 3 0 psi after five minutes of brake application   a  leakage test should be made at the air line connections  and at all air brake control units  These tests should  determine where air is escaping     Air Compressor    Operation   All compressors  regardless of make or model  run continu   ously while the engine is running  System pressure is con   trolled by the governor  The governor acts in conjunction with  the unloading mechanism in the compressor cylinder block to  start and stop compression of air  The compressor is  unloaded when the system pressure reaches 120 psi  827  kPa  and compression is re established when system pres   sure falls to 100 psi  690 kPa      Preventive Maintenance    The following service checks are provided for your informa   tion only and should be performed by a certified mechanic   Contact your Peterbilt Dealer or consult the Medium Duty  Maintenance Manual and the engine manufacturer s Main   tenance Manual for further information on servicing air com       199      Air System    pressors  After completing any repairs to the air system   always test for air leaks  and check the brakes for safe opera   tion before putting the vehicle in service     According to Table 5   Air System Scheduled Mainte   nance     Page 196      In
212. on    The seat belt system  including webbing  buckles  latches   and mounting hardware  endures heavy use in medium duty  vehicles   much more than seat belt systems in passenger  cars  All users should be aware of the factors contributing to  this heavy use and reduced belt life     train restraint systems can lead to serious injury  or loss of life  Without periodic inspection and  maintenance to detect unsafe conditions  seat  restraint components can wear out or not pro   tect you in an accident     f WARNING  Failure to properly inspect and main     Factors contributing to reduced seat belt life       High mileage   heavy trucks often accumulate mileage  in excess of 500 000 total miles  800 000 km  during the  vehicle lifetime  This is much greater than a typical pas   senger car  which frequently will not exceed 125 000  total miles  200 000 km       Seat and cab movement   in trucks  there is almost con   stant movement of the belt due to ride characteristics  and seat design  The constant movement of the belt    Medium Duty  R05 09     Preventive Maintenance    inside the restraint hardware and the potential for the belt  to come in contact with the cab and other vehicle parts   contributes to the wear of the entire system      Environmental conditions  such as dirt and ultraviolet  rays from the sun  will reduce the life of the seat belt sys   tem     Due to these factors  the three point safety belt system  installed in your vehicle requires thorough inspection ev
213. on page 157  Be sure someone  with the proper training and the right tools checks and tight   ens the U   bolts on your Medium Duty vehicle     New springs can  settle in  after service  relieving the tension  on the U   bolts  Loose U   bolts can cause leaf spring break   age  axle misalignment  hard steering and abnormal tire  wear     e All vehicles should have suspension U bolts tightened  after the first 500 miles  800 km  of operation  Torque the  front suspension U bolts to 245 300 Ib  ft   333 408  N m          248        Y53 6027    Preventive Maintenance    bolts are not properly tightened  Loose U bolts  do not properly secure the axle to the suspen   sion  This could cause loss of vehicle control  and an accident resulting in death or injury   Loose U bolts can also cause uneven tire wear  and poor alignment     1 WARNING  Do not operate the vehicle if the U       U bolts are difficult to tighten unless you have the right  equipment  If you cannot tighten them correctly yourself  be  sure to have them checked and tightened regularly by an  authorized mechanic     WARNING  Do not replace U bolts and nuts with  AN common U bolts or standard nuts  Use only U   bolts and nuts of SAE Grade 8 specification or  better  These parts are critical to vehicle safety  If  the wrong U bolts or nuts are used  the axle  could loosen or separate from the vehicle and  cause an accident resulting in death or injury       At the same time U bolts are tightened  re torque the  spring 
214. on the  opposite page        16  Y53 6027 Medium Duty  R05 09     CONTROLS AND DISPLAYS INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS       LEFT SIDE DEF Cale       Fuel Level       Tachometer       Driver Information Display       Speedometer       Primary Air Pressure       Secondary Air Pressure       oO  oo  N  oO  oO  A  j N    Water Temperature       10   Headllights       11   Load Lights       12   Hazard Switch       13   Optional       14   Optional       15   Panel Lights       16   Optional       17   Cruise Control On Off          18   Cruise Control Select       19   Menu Control Switch       20   Ignition                   1 Engine Oil Pressure                Medium Duty  R05 09  Y53 6027  17     INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS    RIGHT SIDE             18           CONTROLS AND DISPLAYS            Radio       Navigation       HVAC Controls       Emission Controls       Engine Brake  on off        Engine Brake  Select        Optional Switch        Optional Switch        oO  OO  NI mo  ao  A  wo  N    Optional Switch           eo    Park Brake Controls               Transmission Display  Automatic           N    Optional Switch          wo    Optional Switch          A    Optional Switch          oa    Optional USB Port          o    Optional Switch                These switches are not shown  These switch locations are  available only if the automatic transmission selector is not    mounted  item 11            Y53 6027    Medium Duty  R05 09     CONTROLS AND DISPLAYS  Menu Control Switch 
215. ondriven hubs  CD50  Steering Column CL  Alternator Bearing BB   Fan Hub BB   Power Steering Reservoir ATF  Steering Drag Link CL  Steering Knuckles CL  Spring Pins CL  Clutch Release Bearings BB  Brake Shoe Anchor Pins HT  Brake Cam Bearings HT  Slack Adjusters CL  Starter Bearings CC  Turbocharger Aneroid cc  Water Pump BB    Consult manufacturer or lubricant supplier for special details           NOTE  The responsibility for meeting these specifi   cations  the quality of the product  and its perfor   mance in service rests with the lubricant supplier     Y53 6027    Medium Duty  R05 09     Preventive Maintenance    Cil Reservoirs    For oil reservoirs with side filler plugs  transmissions  axles   steering gear boxes  transfer cases  etc    the oil must be  level with the filler opening    NOTE  Use care when checking the oil level with a    finger  Just because you can reach the oil level with  a finger  does not mean the oil level is correct     Medium Duty  R05 09     Maintenance Schedule and Lubrication          Proper Oil Level       Improper Oil Level                Y53 6027    Lubrication Chart    The following lubrication specifications  see Table 3 on  page 170  are for an ambient operating temperature range  of    15 to 100  F   26 to 38  C   For extreme temperature  operations  consult the component manufacturer s manuals       169      Maintenance Schedule and Lubrication Preventive Maintenance    Table 3 Recommended Lubrication Types             COMPONENTS RE
216. ontrols    Conventional Cab     The Conventional cab s controls will have one control unit  on the dash  and may have a rocker switch for the bunk  control unit  see illustrations that follow      Medium Duty  R05 09  Y53 6027    HEATER AIR CONDITIONING CONTROLS    A rotary knob  A  in the left portion controlling the  blower speed with five settings  including OFF    A rotary knob  B  in the center portion controlling the  movement of air within the cab  This control is contin   uously variable through five modes  clockwise from  left         Panel       Panel Floor       Floor  Defrost Floor  Defrost    A rotary knob  C  in the right portion controlling the air  temperature    A push button switch  D  in the center left portion to  engage the air conditioner compressor  only vehicles  with air conditioning     A push button switch  E  in the center right portion to  select either fresh  or recirculated air mode     c5    HEATER AIR CONDITIONING CONTROLS          es  H    l i  jj 02980A  F    NOTE  For vehicles equipped with the Peterbilt  Comfort Control  PCC  option  The PCC option  lets the temperature knob function as a thermo   stat that regulates duct temperatures based on  the knob settings  When active  the    COMFORT  CONTROL    icon  F  will be illuminated under the  temperature knob  C        5 E      Conventional Cab Control Panel  vehicle with air condi   tioner and PCC       To heat the cab  select the desired air mode and set  the temperature knob to hot  the 
217. oor     Fuse Inspection and Replacement    WARNING  Do not replace a fuse with one of a     N higher rating  Doing so may damage the electri   cal system and cause a fire  possibly causing  death  personal injury or property damage     CAUTION  Before replacing a fuse  turn OFF all  A lights and accessories and remove the ignition  key to avoid damaging the electrical system      218      D    Y53 6027    Preventive Maintenance    WARNING  Never patch fuses with tin foil or  wire  This may cause serious damage elsewhere  in the electrical circuit  and it may cause a fire   possibly causing death  personal injury or prop   erty damage     CAUTION  If a circuit keeps blowing fuses  have  the electrical system inspected for a short cir   cuit or overload by an authorized Peterbilt dealer  as soon as possible  Failure to do so could  cause serious damage to the electrical system  and or vehicle     NOTE  If a fuse of the same rating is not available  a  fuse of a lower rating may be temporarily substi   tuted  You can also use a fuse from a circuit you can  temporarily do without  for example  an accessory  circuit or radio      BLOWN       Medium Duty  R05 09     Preventive Maintenance    All the electrical circuits have fuses to protect them from a  short circuit or overload  If something electrical on your chas   sis stops working  the first thing you should check for is a  blown fuse     1  Turn OFF all lights and accessories and remove the igni   tion key to avoid damaging t
218. or and should generally not drop below the  middle point between the Maximum and Minimum level  indicators     Medium Duty  R05 09     Preventive Maintenance    Fluid Refill    Use Automatic Transmission Fluid  ATF  Type E or F or  Dexron   II  For other approved brands and types of fluid  see  the Medium Duty Maintenance Manual     Steering Driveline      Torque on U joint pinch bolt and nut 45   55 Ib  ft   61 75  N m    lubricated      Torque on Pitman arm clamp bolt and nut  180 210 Ib  ft    244 285 N m    lubricated     Driveshaft and U Joints    The slip joints and universal joints of the drive shaft should be  lubricated according to Table 1     Recommended Mainte   nance Intervals     Page 154       Use a good quality lithium soap base or equivalent  extreme pressure  E P   grease  NLGI Grade 2     For    Towing Guidelines    and    Returning a Towed Vehicle to  Service    see    Vehicle Recovery Guidelines    on page 109     Steering and Driveline             SLIP JOINT    01904             Driveshaft Lubrication    AN    Medium Duty  R05 09  Y53 6027    WARNING  Improper lubrication of U joints can  cause them to fail prematurely  The driveshaft  could separate from the vehicle and result in an  accident causing death  injury or vehicle dam   age  Make sure lubricant is purged at all four  ends of each U joint and loosen caps if neces   sary  Also  regularly inspect U joints for exces   sive wear or movement  and repair or replace as  necessary      245        Fron
219. osition until the  system pressure exceeds 50 psi  345 kPa   It automati   cally pops out and exhausts air if supply air pressure  drops below 60 psi  414 kPa      Tractor Protection Valve  The functions of this valve are  to  1  receive all pneumatic signals pertinent to the opera   tion of the trailer brake system   2  transmit these signals    Medium Duty  R05 09     STARTING AND OPERATING THE VEHICLE    to the trailer  and  3  protect the tractor air supply in case  of separation of the air lines connecting the tractor to the  trailer     Hydraulic Brakes    event of a malfunction in any air or hydraulic  circuit  Such a malfunction may prevent the  brake system from operating properly  and  could result in an accident  causing death or  personal injury  The vehicle should not be  operated until the system is repaired and both  braking circuits  including all pneumatic   hydraulic  and mechanical components are  working properly     f WARNING  Do not operate the vehicle in the    The operation of the vehicle s braking system is based on  the principle of hydraulics  Hydraulic action begins when  force is applied to the brake pedal  This force creates  hydraulic pressure in the master cylinder and is amplified  with assistance of a power booster  The supplemental  boost in force is developed when pressurized power steer   ing fluid from the steering pump presses on the master    Medium Duty  R05 09     Y53 6027    USING THE BRAKE SYSTEM    cylinder piston  As a safety prec
220. ost in the front circuit  the vehicle front  brakes will not operate  Check valves isolate the rear cir   cuit  so the rear service brakes and parking brakes are  unaffected  The spring brakes will not automatically apply  as long as rear service pressure is maintained     drops below 60 psi  414 kPa  due to repeated  brake applications  the spring brakes will  automatically apply   stopping the vehicle  abruptly  potentially causing death or serious  injury  Observe the warning light  BRAKE AIR   in the panel  If it comes on  do not continue to  drive the vehicle until it has been properly  repaired or serviced     j WARNING  If the remaining system pressure    Medium Duty  R05 09     Y53 6027    USING THE BRAKE SYSTEM    Rear Brakes     Truck  The following applies to full truck configurations     If air is lost in the rear brake circuit  check valves isolate  the front circuit  and front brake operation is unaffected   Because this is a dual air system  spring brakes will not  automatically apply as long as pressure is maintained in  the front circuit     When the brake pedal is depressed  the modulating valve  detects the reduction or absence of rear service delivery  pressure  and exhausts air from the spring chambers   applying the spring brakes in proportion to the front brake  application     When releasing the brake pedal  the modulating valve  delivers front service air to the spring brake chambers   releasing the spring brakes in proportion to the front brake  appl
221. ound up on its retractor  so that the belt  tongue is in its stowed position  This reduces the pos   sibility of the tongue becoming a striking object in  case of a sudden stop    Do not modify or disassemble the seat belts in your  vehicle  They will not be available to keep you and  your passengers safe         79        SEATS    rized Service Center for repair or replacement  the tether belt system with a different tether      If any seat belt is not working properly  see an Autho  f WARNING  Do not remove  modify  or replace  system  A failed or missing tether belt could    WARNING  Before driving or riding in a vehi  allow the seat base to fully extend in the event  cle  ensure that there is adequate head clear  of an accident leading to greater injuries or  ance at maximum upward travel of seat  death     Shorten the tether belt as necessary to pro       vide adequate head clearance  Death or seri     WARNING  Failure to adjust tether belts prop     ous injury may occur if head clearance is not erly can cause excessive movement of the  adequate  seat in an accident  This could lead to death    Tether Belt or greater injuries to you  Tether belts should  Spon be adjusted so that they are taut when the    Tether belts are installed on suspension seats  They help seat is in its most upward and forward posi     secure the seat to the floor to restrain it in case of a sud  tion   den stop or an accident  Tether Adjustment  Fixed Tethers   Make sure that the tether belt is at
222. oved lubricant  Lubricate knuckle  thrust bearings  knuckle pins  and tie rod ends  See  Table 1     Recommended Maintenance Intervals      Page 154  Lack of lubrication causes premature wear  and hard steering  Lubrication schedule may be short   ened if necessary     Suspension Lubrication    Each spring anchor pin has a grease fitting  Pressure lubri   cate spring pins according to Table 1     Recommended  Maintenance Intervals     Page 154  using EP chassis lube  with 12 Hydroxy Lithium Stearate Base NLGI 2 with 3   molybdenum additive  e g  Mobil grease EP or equal      Medium Duty  R05 09     Front Axle and Suspension             KINGPIN  TOP     KINGPIN   BOTTOM        00445       Y53 6027    Front Axle      At regular intervals  the spring leaves may be lubricated  with a rust inhibiting oil applied with a spray gun or  brush    Lubricate all spring pins until grease flows out of both  ends of the bushing  Look for signs of rust or water in the  flushed grease  If a pin will not accept grease  it should  be removed  cleaned  and inspected          247        Front Axle and Suspension    chemical products or mineral oil  it can cause      CAUTION  Do not spray the suspension with  damage to the bushings     Torque    U Bolts  Spring and Shackle Pinch Bolts    It is important that U   bolts remain tight  Severe use of your  vehicle will cause them to loosen faster  But all vehicles need  to have their U bolts checked and tightened regularly  See   Maintenance Schedule  
223. page 195 for more information on  checking your brakes     Any replacement components in the brake system should be  the same or better than the original components  Any  changes from the original specifications can affect the perfor   mance of the entire system     Medium Duty  R05 09     Preventive Maintenance    the brake system unless it conforms exactly to  original specifications  A nonconforming part in  your vehicle s brake system could cause a mal   function resulting in an accident causing death  or personal injury  Sizes and types are so related  to one another that a seemingly unimportant  change in one may result in a change in how  well the brakes work for you on the road  If parts  do not work together properly  you could lose  control of your vehicle  which could cause a  serious accident     f WARNING  Do not work on the brake system    1 WARNING  Do not use any replacement part in    without the parking brake set and wheels  chocked securely  If the vehicle is not secured to  prevent uncontrolled vehicle movement  it could  roll and cause death  serious personal injury or  damage to the vehicle       Use wood blocks  4 in  X 4 in  or larger  against  the front and rear surfaces of the tires  Be sure  the vehicle cannot move     Medium Duty  R05 09     Y53 6027    Brake System    Lubrication    Cam actuated brake components such as anchor pins and  brake camshafts are subjected to high temperatures  and  must be lubricated with nonmelting  water resistant bra
224. r     Medium Duty  R05 09     STARTING AND OPERATING THE VEHICLE    Engine Block Heater  Option    Use a solution of half ethylene glycol antifreeze and    To preheat the engine before starting  plug the optional  engine block heater into a properly grounded AC electrical  source  Do not start the engine with the heater plugged in     half water for best heater performance  Do not exceed  60 percent concentration of antifreeze  as it can  shorten heater life  See page 146 for more informa   tion     fires resulting in death or serious personal for a day or two before using the heater  Trapped air    A WARNING  Engine block heaters can cause e After servicing the cooling system  operate the vehicle    injury and or property damage if not properly  maintained and operated  Regularly inspect  the engine block heater wiring and connector  for damaged or frayed wires  Do not use the    inside the engine needs time to escape     Cold Weather Starting   Air Intake Heater    heater if there are any signs of problems  Con  Do not use ether or any other starting fluid as a cold start   tact your Authorized Service Center or the ing aid in your Medium Duty vehicle  Engine conditions  manufacturer of the heater if you are in need are automatically monitored and in cold weather the fuel   of repairs or information  air mixture is preheated in the manifold     CAUTION  Always unplug the heater before  A starting the engine  Damage to the cooling AN  system could occur if the heater is not 
225. r 147  202  U  U Bolt torque 248  Underbody maintenance 231  Underinflated tires 206  V  Vehicle   driving 83   loading 84   weight rating 84  132  267    Y53 6027 Medium Duty  R05 09     Vehicle inspections 83 wheel cylinders 121    W Wheels and tires   WAIT TO START light 91 load rating 207   Warning Light Symbols table 22 overinflation 207   Warranty 151  153  249  257  258 proper inflation 206   Water Temperature 17 replacement 204  214   Weekly operations 88 tightening sequence 208   Weight rating 84  132 tire inspection 205   Welding 227 tread depth 214   Wet Brakes 124 underinflation 207   Wet tank 119 wheel nut torque 209   Wheel and Tire Replacement  hydraulic brakes 215 Windshield   Wheel bearing washer reservoir 238  grease 168 Windshield washer reservoir 47    lubrication 246    Medium Duty  R05 09  Y53 6027     2717            278  Y53 6027 Medium Duty  R05 09     Other Publications  Order either of the two publications shown below through your Peterbilt dealer   There is a charge for each  Allow four weeks for delivery         e        custo anusi  maintenance     EE 02956B  Custom Maintenance Manual Owner s Custom Parts Book  This manual contains both proprietary and supplier service This book is a complete  unillustrated  computer generated  information specifically compiled for the components on your list of the parts used to custom build your Peterbilt vehicle   vehicle  Please provide your Chassis Serial Number when ordering     The material in this manual 
226. r 259    N    NHTSA consumer information 263  Noise and emission control 257  air intake system 257  engine 258  exhaust system 258  fan drive 257     274        inspection and maintenance instructions 258  O  Off road operation 5  Oil  draining 174  level 174  pressure gauge 91  Operating the engine 89  Operating the Rear Drive Axle 127  Operating the transmission 98  Optional equipment 103  117  128  Overheated Brakes 124  P  Paint identification label 267  parked regeneration 56  Parking brake 106  adjustment 186  automatic 107  brake system  operation 63  64  106  107  111  142  brake system  tractor trailer operation 108  use 64  90  99  100  124  146  150  223  valve 120  Parking Brake Burnishing 126  Parking Brake Component Inspection 191  Parking Brake Indicator 65  Parking Brake Lever 123  Parts catalog 6  7  152  Power steering 243    Y53 6027 Medium Duty  R05 09     fluid level 244  fluid refill 245  lubrication 243  Primary Air Pressure 17  Q  Quick release valve 120  R  Radio 18  73  Rear axle 250  housing breather vent 252  identification 268  lubrication 250  251  252  oil change 250  oil level 250  Rear brake system 105  Rear suspension 249  fasteners  standard  249  Rear Wheel Calipers 123  Recovering vehicles 140  Regeneration Switch 56  Relay valve 120  Release bearing wear 102  Repairs 6  Retarders  engine 117  rpm 94  100  147  S    Safe vehicle operation 83    Medium Duty  R05 09     Safety  belt adjustment 77  passengers 79  restraint belts 75  restrain
227. r a trailer     A guard on the switch prevents you from accidentally  deflating the suspension     WARNING  Do not operate the Air Suspension   MN Deflate Switch  Dump Valve  while driving   Sudden deflation while your vehicle is moving  can affect handling and control and could  lead to an accident possibly resulting in death  or personal injury  Use this switch only when  your vehicle is not moving     CAUTION  Operating a vehicle with air sus    A pension bags either overinflated or underin   flated may cause damage to driveline  components  If a vehicle must be operated  under such conditions  do not exceed 5 mph   8 km h      Medium Duty  R05 09     Y53 6027    DRIVING TIPS AND TECHNIQUES       AIR SUSPENSION                Air Suspension Deflate Switch    Setting Ride Height    Vehicles equipped with rear air suspensions have their  ride height and axle  pinion  angle s  preset at the factory   These are precision settings and should not be altered   Incorrectly adjusted ride height may result in improper  interaxle U joint working angles  This can result in pre   mature driveline wear and driveline vibration  If your vehi   cle is equipped with a Peterbilt rear air suspension  and if  it becomes necessary to reset the ride height  you may  temporarily set it by following the next procedure  Proper  ride height measurement and values are shown in the  illustration and table below       133      DRIVING TIPS AND TECHNIQUES         5y     y           o     oo       ae r A
228. r case adversely affects braking operation     Brake Warning Lamp    When the brake warning lamp comes on  it indicates a  malfunction in the brake system  Possible malfunctions  include loss of hydraulic pressure from the power steering  circuit or a pressure differential between the primary and  secondary brake circuits     WARNING  Do not operate the vehicle if the   AN brake light or buzzer comes on  The light or  buzzer indicates a failure in one of the brake  components system  Safely drive your vehicle  to the side of the road immediately  Failure to  do this may lead to an accident  causing death  or personal injury      123        USING THE BRAKE SYSTEM     O  SERVICE BRAKE WARNING INDICATOR  BRAKE    If the buzzer sounds while driving  or if the BRAKE light  comes on  do the following     1  Slow down carefully     Here are some things you can do to assist in slowing  the vehicle       Downshift   Putting the transmission into a lower  gear will help slow the vehicle       Pump the brakes   Pumping the brake pedal may  generate enough hydraulic pressure to stop the  vehicle       Use the parking brake   The parking or emergency  brake is separate from the hydraulic system  There   fore it can be used to slow the vehicle     2  Move a safe distance off the road and stop     3  Set the parking brake   See page 106       124         Y53 6027    STARTING AND OPERATING THE VEHICLE    4  Turn on the emergency flasher and use other warning  devices to alert other motorists
229. r tire mileage     WARNING  Do not mismatch tires  it can be dan     N gerous  Never mix tires of different design such  as steel belted radials and bias ply tires  etc   Mixing tire types and sizes will adversely affect  the road holding ability of both types of tires and  can lead to loss of vehicle control and causing  death or personal injury     Make sure  too  that you use the right size tires on each  wheel  Some trucks require different sizes on front and rear  wheels  For safety  always use the recommended size and  type of tires     Medium Duty  R05 09     Preventive Maintenance Tires and Wheels    dashboard warning lights or buzzer if tires of the   WARNING  The Anti Lock Brake System  ABS  is wrong size are installed on your vehicle  See the   N calibrated for the specific tire revolutions per warning above for consequences of tires of the   mile  Use of a tire and or wheel size different wrong size    from that originally installed on your vehicle may   cause the ABS system to not function during a   hard braking event  This could cause an accident   resulting in death or serious personal injury    Consult with your Peterbilt dealer before using a   different tire and or wheel size than was origi    nally installed on your vehicle     Wheel and Tire Replacement A CAUTION  No indication will be given via the    Medium Duty  R05 09  Y53 6027    215     Heater and Air Conditioner    HEATER AND AIR CONDITIONER    Introduction    The combination heater air conditioner
230. r wheels are spin   ning could cause loss of control or axle dam   age  there could be an accident involving  death or personal injury  Switch to    LOCK     only when your wheels are not spinning     UNLOCK the differential  The guard over this switch pre  See  Interaxle Differential  on page 95 for more informa   vents you from accidentally activating the lock  tion on using your interaxle differential     Medium Duty  R05 09  Y53 6027       61     DASH  AND DOOR MOUNTED FEATURES    Two Speed Rear Axle  Range  Switch    RANGE SELECTOR       If your vehicle is equipped with a two speed rear axle  you  can select the axle range by the dash mounted switch  shown above  The low range provides maximum torque  for operating off highway  The high range is a faster ratio  for highway speeds     For information on how to operate your two speed rear  axle properly and safely  see  Dual Range  Two Speed   Axles  on page 97     CONTROLS AND DISPLAY    Fifth Wheel Lock  Slider Adjustment  Switch    FIFTH WHEEL       the tractor trailer is in motion  Movement of  the fifth wheel while a tractor trailer is moving  can cause a serious accident involving death  or personal injury  Your load could shift sud   denly  causing you to lose control of the vehi   cle  Never operate the vehicle with the switch  in the unlock position  Always inspect the fifth  wheel after you lock the switch to be sure the  fifth wheel is engaged     j WARNING  Do not move the fifth wheel while    Vehicles having a
231. r will remain parked     To release the full combination of brakes       Push IN BOTH knobs on the dash      In the event that air pressure is reduced below a safe  level  the low air warning light will come on first  if air  pressure continues to drop  the parking brake valve  will pop OUT  automatically applying the spring  brakes     A    CAUTION  Do not try to put the vehicle in  motion before pressure in the system  reaches 100 psi  689 kPa  because the  wheels are locked by the spring brake action       Unnecessary stress and possible brake mal   function could occur if the vehicle is forced to  move before the air system reaches 100 psi   689 kPa       Below 60 psi  414 kPa  the parking brake valve  button remains in the applied  ON  position  If  air pressure is not restored  the button will  automatically return to its initial position      107     USING THE BRAKE SYSTEM STARTING AND OPERATING THE VEHICLE    psi  414 kPa  the spring brakes may stop the parking brakes   vehicle abruptly  which could result in an  accident involving death or personal injuries  l  Observe the red warning lamps on the operating level   gauges  If one comes on  do not continue to  drive the vehicle until it has been properly  repaired or serviced     i WARNING  If the air pressure falls below 60 To supply air to the trailer system and release the trailer  1  Allow the tractor air system pressure to build up to    2  When system pressure reaches 50 psi  345 kPa  the  Red knob may be pushed
232. red position on the  control  and the blower to whatever speed makes you  most comfortable         68        CONTROLS AND DISPLAY      To defog the windshield  select the Defrost mode  and turn the blower speed to high  Set the tempera   ture knob to hot  the red position on the control   The  air conditioner is automatically activated to remove  moisture from the cab  After the windshield is clear   adjust the mode  blower speed  and temperature to  your comfort     A    Y53 6027    WARNING  Do not drive with visibility reduced  by fog  condensation  or frost on the wind   shield  Your view may be obscured  which  could result in an accident involving causing  death or personal injury  For clear visibility  and safe driving  it is extremely important for  you to follow the instructions pertaining to the  function and use of the ventilation heating  and defogging defrosting system  If in doubt   consult your dealer  Maximum heating output  and fast defrosting can be obtained only after  the engine has reached operating tempera   ture     Medium Duty  R05 09     CONTROLS AND DISPLAY    blow hot defroster air onto cold windshields   This could crack the glass  Turn the air flow con   trol lever to Defrost and adjust the fan speed  accordingly while the engine warms  If the  engine is already warm  move the temperature  selector to Cool  then gradually increase the  temperature when you see that the windshield is  starting to warm up      To cool the cab  turn on the A C switch 
233. reventive Maintenance Maintenance Schedule and Lubrication    Table2 Maintenance Schedule                                                                               INTERVAL COMMENTS  gE Eb EE  OPERATION   FREQUENCY 28 98 88  oo oo 2o  VNITA SS  Emergency Flasher  Brake Lights  Backup Loading Lights  License Plates  Permits and Mounting  Mud Flaps   Serviceable  Fuel Tank Mounting  Exhaust System Condition and Mounting Bolts  Frame Fastener Torque  does NOT apply to Le C2  Jeune frame fasteners   Lubricate  Door Hinges and Latches  Body Mounts  Straight Truck Only   Body Sides and Roof Panels  Straight trucks   Cab  Hold down Latches  Mounts  Front Pivot Assembly  Jack Operation and Leaks  Safety Lock  Tip Over Stop  ENGINE SERVICE A B C  Cooling  Extended Life Coolant maintenance   is located on page 183 of this manual  Coolant Level  Pressure Test    New Release At 100 120K     Per Engine  RIBPIBEO STO ilar Filter Manufacturer Fcoifiehdalldns  Radiator Mounting                Medium Duty  R05 09  53 6027    159     Maintenance Schedule and Lubrication      160      Table2 Maintenance Schedule    Preventive Maintenance          INTERVAL COMMENTS  gElgE EE  OPERATION   FREQUENCY 898 9888  oo0 96 92o  MN OPRISS   Fan Shroud       Fan Assembly and Idler Pulley    No Service Required       Check Water Pump for Leaks   Play       Radiator     Exterior Condition       Fill as Required     Extended Drain Per                                     Power Steering Filter     Replace  
234. right of the ignition key switch  With the switch in the ON  position  the emergency flasher makes all four turn signals   front and rear  flash simultaneously  The flasher works  independently of the ignition switch  You should always  use the flasher if the vehicle is disabled or parked under    emergency conditions     Medium Duty  R05 09     Y53 6027    DASH  AND DOOR MOUNTED FEATURES    oooo    A     WARNING  Use your Hazard Flasher Warning  System any time you have to stop the vehicle  on or off the road  day or night  A hard to see  vehicle can result in an accident causing  death or personal injury  Another vehicle  could run into you if you do not set your flash   ers and follow the placement of emergency  signals per FMCSR 392 22  Always move the  vehicle a safe distance off the road when  Stalled or stopped for repairs  A disabled vehi   cle can be dangerous for you and others        51        DASH  AND DOOR MOUNTED FEATURES CONTROLS AND DISPLAY    release the parking brake  If the headlight switch is ON   the DRL system is overridden  and headlights operate  normally     WARNING  Do not use daytime running lights   AN  DRL  during periods of darkness or reduced  visibility  Do not use DRL as a substitute for  headlights or other lights during operations  that require lighting of your vehicle  Doing so  could lead to an accident resulting in death or  personal injury        Daytime Running Lights NOTE  On vehicles equipped with daytime running               LI ligh
235. rom mounting head  completely drain  all fluid  and reassemble filter assembly  Be sure to  follow new filter assembly instructions   2  Close drain valve by turning valve screw clockwise  approximately 1 1 2 to 2 turns     CAUTION  Do not overtighten the valve  Over   A tightening can damage the threads     Fuel Tanks    1  Inspect fuel tanks  fuel hoses  and fittings to ensure  proper positioning and fastening  check for leaks    2  Inspect mounting brackets  straps  and pins to ensure  proper positioning  amp  fastening every 15 000 miles   24 000 km  see label on fuel tank and data below               Type of Tank Tank Strap T Bolt Nut Torque    Aluminum 30 Lb  ft   41 Nm                 Cylindrical Steel 8 Lb  ft   11 Nm         176     Y53 6027    Preventive Maintenance    Emission Components    Deisel Exhaust Fluid Tank          Vehicles that comply with 2010 EPA emission requirements  will have a Deisel Exhaust Fluid  DEF  tank mounted to the  vehicle frame  During normal operating situations  your vehi   cle may consume 2 3 gallons of DEF for every 100 gallons of  deisel fuel  Be sure to maintain sufficient fluid in the DEF tank  for proper vehicle performance     Specifications of the DEF    Medium Duty  R05 09     Preventive Maintenance    What to do if you run out of DEF and are stranded  call a  dealership     Engine Accesories  Accessory Drive Belts    You can extend the reliability and service life of your vehicle s  drive belts with proper attention to install
236. rson     Among those acts presumed to constitute tampering are the  acts listed below     Air Intake System    Removing or rendering inoperative the air cleaner silenc   ers or intake piping     Engine Cooling System    Removing or rendering inoperative the fan clutch     Removing the fan shroud         257        Noise and Emission Control    Engine    Removing or rendering engine speed governor inopera   tive so as to allow engine speed to exceed manufac   turer s specifications     Modifying ECU parameters     Exhaust System    Removing or rendering inoperative exhaust system com   ponents     Inspection and Maintenance Instructions    The following instructions are based on inspection of the  noise control system at regular intervals     If  during periodic inspection and maintenance of other sys   tems and components  it is found that parts of the noise con   trol system require attention  we recommend that those parts  be inspected at more frequent intervals to assure adequate  maintenance and performance     Air Intake System      Do all checks and maintenance procedures listed in this  manual under Engine Air Intake System and Air Cleaner   See  Air Intake System  on page 201         258      Y53 6027    Preventive Maintenance      Check the induction tubing  elbow connections  clamps   brackets  and fasteners for deterioration  cracks  and  security       f you find an air leak anywhere between the air cleaner  and the engine  repair that leak immediately     may res
237. rticulate Filter   DPF     IIluminates when diesel particulate trap is  plugged  This warning will also illuminate  when regeneration operation is disabled     14 Emissions  High Exhaust System Tem   perture  HEST     Illuminates when the exhaust gas tempera   ture and exhaust components become  extremely hot     DOG Q    Y53 6027    INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS    15 Engine  Check Engine    Illuminates when a problem exists  but the  vehicle can still be safely driven  Vehicle  should be serviced to correct the problem  but the situation should not be considered  an emergency     16 Engine  Ether Start    Illuminates when ether start switch is on     17  Engine  Heater    Illuminates when Engine Heater switch is on     18  Engine  Low Coolant Level    Illuminates with an audible alarm indicating  critically low coolant level  The vehicle must  be serviced to correct the problem but the sit   uation should not be considered an emer   gency      27       INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS    Kee         A        28        19  Engine  Overspeed    Illuminates when engine RPM is exceeded     20  Engine  Retarder  Brake     Illuminates when the engine retarder  com   pression brake or exhaust brake  switch is  turned on   Engine retarders are an option      21  Engine  Stop Engine    Illuminates and an audible alarm tone will  sound when a major engine system problem  exists     WARNING  This should be considered  an emergency  You should stop the vehi   cle as safely as possible and turn OFF 
238. ry   Loose U bolts can also cause uneven tire wear  and poor alignment     Suspension alignment should be checked when any one of  the following conditions exist     il    Medium Duty  R05 09     Discovery of loose suspension fasteners  Any  torque below the recommended torque value     Discovery of elongated holes in a suspension com   ponent    Bushing replacement    Excessive or abnormal tire wear     NOTE  To ensure an accurate torque reading  use  properly maintained and calibrated torque  wrenches     Rear Axle and Suspension       Grade 5 Capscrew Torque Specifications                                                                         Capscrew Body Torque  Size   inches thread  Lb  ft  N m   1 4 20 6   9 8   12   28 7   10 9 5   14  5 16 18 13   18 18   24   24 14   20 19   27  3 8 16 22   32 30   43   24 25   40 34   54  7 16 14 35   50 47   68   20 39   56 53   76  1 2 13 54   77 73   104   20 58   87 79   118  9 16 12 78   111 105   151   18 87   124 118   168  5 8 11 108   154 147   209   18 122   174 166   236  3 4 10 192   273 260   370   16 214   305 290   414  7 8 9 309   441 419   598   14 341   486 462   659  1 8 464   662 629   898  1 12 508   724 689   982                Y53 6027      253     Rear Axle and Suspension                                                                                  Grade 8 Capscrew Torque Specifications  Capscrew Body Torque  Size   inches thread  Lb  ft  N m   1 4 20 9   12 12   16   28 10   14 14   19  5 16 18 18   25 
239. s will ensure that interior components remain in  good condition for the life of the vehicle         232      Y53 6027    Preventive Maintenance    General Cleaning Guidelines    WARNING    AN Cleaning agents may contain hazardous  agents  Thoroughly read  understand and fol   low the manufacturer s instructions when  using a cleaning agent to avoid possible  death  personal injury and property damage     e Handle cleaning agents carefully  Keep  them out of the reach of children  Commercial  cleaning agents may be poisonous        CAUTION  To avoid possible property damage    e Do not spray any kind of liquid directly at  instruments or controls  Apply cleaner to a  rag first and then clean instruments and  gauges  Excess fluid may damage the use  and function of instruments and gauges     Medium Duty  R05 09     Preventive Maintenance Cab Maintenance    e Always test a commercial cleaning agent on Interior Trim  Dash Shell  and Instrument Panels    an inconspicuous area of the surface to be    RES CAUTION  To avoid possible damage to these  cleaned before using it  A  components  do not use abrasive cleaners     e Never clean interior components with brushes  chemical solvents or strong deter     chemicals or solvents such as gents      uni   Use a clean  lint free cloth     Acetone   Clean with the cloth dampened with a mild soap and     Turpentine water solution       Benzene      Carbon Tetrachloride   Remove soap with a clean  damp rag         Lacquer Thinner opie      
240. sely examined to determine if it is coming into contact  with any sharp or rough surfaces on the seat or other        235      Cab Maintenance Preventive Maintenance       parts of the cab interior  These areas are typical places  where the web will experience cutting or abrasion  Cuts   fraying  or excessive wear would indicate the need for  replacement of the seat belt system    2  The pillar web guide  D loop  is the area where almost  constant movement of the seat belt webbing occurs  because of relative movement between the seat and Web cut or frayed   or extremely worn  cab  at latch area    3  Check the Komfort Lok Latch for cracks or possible dam   age and check for proper operation                                    Web cut or frayed at  D loop web guide                             Buckle casting  broken                                         03004             Seat Belt Inspection Points        236   Y53 6027 Medium Duty  R05 09     Preventive Maintenance    4  Check buckle and latch for proper operation and to deter   mine if latch plate is worn  deformed  or damaged    5  Inspect the retractor web storage device  which is  mounted on the floor of the vehicle  for damage  The  retractor is the heart of the occupant restraint system  and can often be damaged if abused  even unintention   ally  Check operation to ensure that it is not locked up  and that it spools out and retracts webbing properly     properly can cause excessive movement of  the seat in an accident 
241. signed to ensure that a driver is able to cancel the  cruise set speed by using the service brake pedal  The  system will not allow cruise control operation if it does not  pass the  rationality check   The Driver Information Display  will prompt you to press the service brake pedal if it has  not been pressed since the vehicle has been started     Regeneration Switch    In order to meet 2007 EPA engine emission requirements   vehicles will have a either a two or three position switch to  help control and maintain the exhaust Diesel Particulate  Filter  Please refer to  Exhaust After Treatment System   on page 128 for more information about the emission con   trol system and how it affects normal operating proce   dures     START    Depressing the button in the START direction for 4 to 8  seconds will initiate a parked regeneration  Be sure to  release the button to ensure that the system will begin the  regerenation cycle        56        Y53 6027    CONTROLS AND DISPLAY       Three Position    Two Position  CENTER  three position switch only   Center is the normal position of the switch     The center position will allow an automatic regenera   tion to occur     STOP  three position switch only     When STOP is pressed the system will not regenerate  under any conditions     Medium Duty  R05 09     CONTROLS AND DISPLAY    DASH  AND DOOR MOUNTED FEATURES    in the STOP position unless you need to cancel  or stop regeneration  Leaving the switch in the  STOP position for exte
242. sisting of a wet tank  forward dry  tank  and rear dry tank  The dry tanks have a single check  valve in the tank inlet  The check valves prevent a com   plete loss of air in the event of an air system failure  tank  or hose failure   This ensures a controlled stop  with    Medium Duty  R05 09     Preventive Maintenance    reduced braking capability   Other vehicles use a Bendix  AD IS air dryer which eliminates the need for a wet tank  and check valves in the dry tanks     il    Every 900 operating hours or 25 000 miles 40 000 km or 3  months  check for moisture in the air brake system by open   ing reservoirs  drain cocks  or valves and checking for the  presence of water  A tablespoon of water in a reservoir would  point to the need for a desiccant cartridge change  However   the following should be considered first      Air usage is exceptionally high abnormal for a highway  vehicle  This may be due to accessory air demands or  some other unusual air requirement that doesn t allow  the compressor to load unload in a normal fashion or it  may be due to excessive leaks in the air system      When more than a 30 degree F   17 degree C  range of  temperature occurs in one day  small amounts of water  can accumulate in the air brake system due to conden   sation  Under these conditions  the presence of small    NOTE  A small amount of oil in the system may be  normal and should not  by itself  be considered  reason to replace a desiccant cartridge  oil stained  desiccant can f
243. spect compressor air filter element  if so equipped  and  replace element if clogged  Check compressor mounting  and drive for alignment and belt tension  Adjust if necessary    e Remove compressor discharge valve cap nuts and   check for presence of excessive carbon  If excessive car   bon is found  clean or replace the compressor cylinder  head  Also  check compressor discharge line for carbon   and clean or replace the discharge line if necessary   Disassemble compressor and thoroughly clean and  inspect all parts  Repair or replace all worn or damaged  parts  or replace compressor with a factory exchange  unit         200      Y53 6027    Preventive Maintenance    system is required  to prevent damage from  freezing  the compressor must also be drained  at the cylinder head and block  Engine damage  could occur if the cooling system is not periodi   cally drained and maintained  See  Engine Cool   ing System   Page 178  and the Medium Duty  Maintenance Manual for further information     Air Dryer      CAUTION  When draining the engine cooling       WARNING  Use of incorrect air dryer could   AN cause air system failure  leading to loss of vehi   cle control and serious personal injury or death   If your vehicle is equipped with a Bendix AD IS  air dryer  it is important that future replacements  be identical or similar in design     Any deviation from the Bendix AD IS type air dryer would  require changes to the vehicle air system  Some vehicles  use a dual air system con
244. speed  rpm      HU NOTE  In colder climates where the tempera     3  Continue the engine warm up until the coolant tem   perature reaches at least 130  F  54  C   At this tem   perature  you can use partial throttle  Wait until the  coolant temperature is at least 160  F  71  C  before  operating at full throttle  See  Operating Manual  Transmissions  on page 98           WARNING  Exhaust fumes from the engine   MN contain carbon monoxide  a colorless and  odorless gas  A poorly maintained  damaged   or corroded exhaust system can allow carbon  monoxide to enter the cab or sleeper  Failure  to properly maintain your vehicle could cause  carbon monoxide to enter the cab and cause  death or serious illnesses     longed periods of time if you sense that  exhaust fumes are entering the cab  Investi   gate the cause of the fumes and correct it as  soon as possible  If the vehicle must be driven  under these conditions  drive only with the  windows slightly open  Failure to repair the  source of the exhaust fumes may lead to  death  injury or serious illness     Idling the Engine    1 WARNING  Never idle your vehicle for pro     Under most circumstances  continuous idling of your  engine merely wastes fuel  In severe Arctic weather condi   tions  however  you may need longer idling to be sure all  parts of your engine are fully lubricated     CAUTION  Do not allow your engine to idle  at   A  low rpm  400 600 rpm   longer than five min   utes  Long periods of idling after the engin
245. st turned on  there is a problem with the  bulb or wiring  You should have this checked  as soon as possible        CAUTION  If the truck tractor ABS warning    Trailer ABS Warning Lamp    Trucks  tractors  and trailers built on and after March 1   2001 are equipped with power line communication  PLC   per U S  FMVSS 121  including a trailer ABS warning  lamp in the cab      114        Y53 6027    STARTING AND OPERATING THE VEHICLE     ess     XE     CAUTION  If the trailer ABS warning lamp  does not illuminate when the ignition is first  turned on  there is a problem with the bulb or  wiring  The driver should have this checked  as soon as possible     NOTE  A successsful warning lamp illumination   n and bulb check at ignition on does not indicate  that the trailer you may be connected to has  trailer ABS  You should personally inspect every  trailer to determine its braking system     A trailer ABS warning lamp will illuminate for a bulb check  when the ignition switch is first turned on   whether or not  a trailer is connected to the vehicle  If the bulb check is  satisfactory  the lamp will next do either of the following     1  If no trailer is connected  or if a non ABS equipped  trailer is connected  the trailer ABS lamp will go off  after a few seconds     Medium Duty  R05 09     STARTING AND OPERATING THE VEHICLE    NOTE  A  properly connected  ABS equipped  trailer is    e a trailer with PLC hooked up to the J560 con   nector     e a trailer without PLC that is hoo
246. steering around  corners and on dry pavement is more difficult  Continuous  operation on a paved  dry surface stresses the tandem  axles  possibly causing internal damage     Use this feature only when driving on surfaces with poor  traction  such as wet slippery roads  heavy mud or snow   or loose gravel  And do not use it when going downhill or  at speeds greater than 25 mph  40 km h      Lock the inter axle differential when you encounter road  conditions such as these        ce or snow     with or without tire chains      127      OPERATING THE REAR DRIVE AXLE      Dirt roads     Loose sand  mud  or other rough road conditions     WARNING  Do not put the differential lock in  the LOCK position while the wheels are spin   ning freely  slipping   you could lose control  of the vehicle  resulting in death  personal  injuryor property damage  Switch to LOCK  only when the wheels are not spinning       Look ahead for wet  muddy  or icy patches on the  road  stop your vehicle and switch to LOCK ahead of  time       N     128     WARNING  Do not operate the vehicle on dry  pavement with the differential locked  This  could lead to an accident  resulting in death or  personal injury  On dry pavement  you will not  be able to steer well with the differential  locked  Lock the differential only when operat   ing on surfaces with poor traction  such as  wet  slippery roads or loose gravel     STARTING AND OPERATING THE VEHICLE    Inter Axle Differential Lock Operation      N    WARN
247. sult in increased vehicle noise emission     Table 12 Maintenance Log    Maintenance Log    Preventive Maintenance    To ensure your Medium Duty vehicle s noise control require   ments are maintained  record maintenance checks  Use the    following log sheet  see Table 12  and retain copies of docu   ments regarding maintenance services performed and parts    replaced on the vehicle                                         PUT Mileage Service Performed Service poea ape      260     Y53 6027 Medium Duty  R05 09     Preventive Maintenance Noise and Emission Control    Table 12 Maintenance Log                                                 Medium Duty  R05 09  Y53 6027     261      Noise and Emission Control Preventive Maintenance    Table 12 Maintenance Log                                                     262     Y53 6027 Medium Duty  R05 09     Preventive Maintenance    CONSUMER INFORMATION  AND VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION    Reporting Safety Defects    If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could  cause a crash or could cause injury or death  you should  immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety  Administration  NHTSA  in addition to notifying Peterbilt  Motors Company     If NHTSA receives similar complaints  it may open an investi   gation  and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of  vehicles  it may order a recall and remedy campaign  How   ever  NHTSA cannot get involved in individual problems  between you  your Peterbilt Dealer  and
248. t Axle and Suspension    FRONT AXLE AND SUSPENSION    Inspection    For all vehicles  mandatory maintenance procedures include  retightening all U bolts and inspecting the suspension for  loose fasteners  abnormal wear  or damage  However  even  with proper maintenance  the service life of leaf springs is  affected by many factors  such as  fatigue  vehicle gross  weight  type of load  road conditions  and vehicle speed       Check for cracks  wear marks  splits  or other    e ects on the surface of the spring  Defective parts must be  replaced  Because repaired springs cannot be fully  restored to their original service life  replace the com   plete assembly if cracks or other defects are detected       Visually inspect shock absorbers and rubber bushings   See the Medium Duty Maintenance Manual for further  information on servicing the front suspension         246        Preventive Maintenance            SPRING AND  SHACKLE PINCH  BOLTS    SPRING  ANCHOR  PINS    U BOLTS    SPRING    ANCHOR PIN Joa             Y53 6027    Front Suspension    Axle Lubrication      Change bearing lubrication when seals are replaced  or  brakes are relined  See Table 1   Recommended Main   tenance Intervals     Page 154     Medium Duty  R05 09     Preventive Maintenance      Thoroughly clean hubs and bearings with solvent and a  stiff bristle brush  then dry and inspect components for  wear or damage  Re lubricate with approved axle lubri   cant     Kingpin Lubrication      Lubricate with appr
249. t allow the rpm s to exceed the maximum gov   erned speed  See your Engine Operation and Mainte   nance manual for information regarding engine rpm   When the engine is used as a brake to control vehicle  speed  e g   while driving down a grade   do not allow the  engine rpm to exceed maximum governed speed     Under normal load and road conditions operate the  engine in the lower end of the range   Use of Tachometer    The tachometer is an instrument that aids in obtaining the  best performance of the engine and manual transmission   serving as a guide for shifting gears      131     DRIVING TIPS AND TECHNIQUES STARTING AND OPERATING THE VEHICLE    Refer to the Engine Operation and Maintenance manual   Shift into higher or lower gears  or apply the service  for optimum engine rpm  brake  to keep engine rpm near the lower end of the      If the engine rpm moves beyond the maximum gov  opunum operating range     erned speed  indicating an overspeed condition    Avoid rapid acceleration and braking   apply the service brake or shift to a higher gear to    bring engine rpm within the optimum speed range     WARNING  Do not exceed the specified load  AN rating  Overloading can result in loss of vehi       When driving downhill  shift to a lower gear  use the cle control and an accident causing death or  engine brake  if so equipped   and use the service personal injury  either by causing component  brake  keeping the engine speed below 2 100 rpm  failures or by affecting vehicle 
250. t control valve to  its bracket     Medium Duty  R05 09     STARTING AND OPERATING THE VEHICLE DRIVING TIPS AND TECHNIQUES    ing the air springs  The rear of the vehicle will    WARNING  Be extremely careful when deflat   AN drop about 3 1 2 inches  88 mm  when the air                      springs are deflated  Make sure that no per   sons that could be killed or injured or any Sp       objects that could be damaged are under the  vehicle    ALIGNMENT PIN OR DOWEL CONTROL ARM LINK BOLT  To minimize the risk of damage death or a l Am  injury  do not use the dump valve to deflate      cud             the air springs  Operate the height control H p  valve s  manually to ensure positive control  of air spring deflation           anaa  x  qa h     M FROM DUMP VALVE SWITCH    To minimize risk of death or injury  keep away  from air springs as they are being inflated     FORWARD  02941A             Typical Height Control Valve  Top View     Medium Duty  R05 09  Y53 6027    185     DRIVING TIPS AND TECHNIQUES STARTING AND OPERATING THE VEHICLE    3  Rotate the valve either clockwise or counterclockwise  until air pressure in the air springs provides the ride  SUPPLY FROM FORWARD k Aa      SEINEN height specified for that suspension  Measure the ride  e height from the bottom of the frame rail to the approx   imate centerline of the rearmost drive axle hub     DELIVERY TO RH AIR BAG S      A MOUNTING NUTS   A T   For tandem axles  make the vertical measurement      l D at the centerl
251. t drive in  one gear for long periods of time until the transmission  lubricant has a chance to coat all contacting surfaces   Carefully observe the free travel in the clutch for the first  few hundred miles  As the clutch lining wears and high  spots get worn smooth  you will get less free travel     Clutch Brake and Travel  9     10     and 11 Speed  Transmissions only     These transmissions utilize a clutch brake  rather than  synchronizers  The clutch brake works by stopping all of  the gears in the transmission  allowing you to easily shift  into first gear or reverse without grinding gears  The total    Medium Duty  R05 09     STARTING AND OPERATING THE VEHICLE    stroke of the clutch pedal is about 10 inches  The first  part is the release stroke  the part that fully releases  the clutch  The last inch engages the clutch brake     During hard shifting with vehicle not moving      To apply the clutch brake  while the vehicle is  stopped  fully depress the clutch pedal to the floor   board to stop the gears  With the throttle at idle  select  first gear then release the clutch pedal to let the vehi   cle start forward  until the clutch is fully engaged  See  the transmission manufacturer s manual that is  included with your vehicle for further details     During Normal Driving    If you want to shift directly into any gear other than first or  reverse  depress the clutch pedal only far enough to  release the clutch  Pushing the clutch to the floor applies  the clutch br
252. t tips 79  82  signals 3  stands 151  tether belts 80  Safety precautions  maintenance 150  Seat adjustment 74  Seat belt system  damage and repair 82  guidelines 235  inspection 234  Komfort Lok latch 81  replacement part 237  tether belts 237  Seats 74  Secondary Air Pressure 17  Serial number 265  Service Brake Components 190  Shackle pinch bolts 248  Shift pattern diagram 98  101  Shifting gears 90  98  100  101  102  131  132  145  Shifting gears in a new vehicle 100  Shock absorber 246  Shop manuals 6  Shoulder belt 77    Y53 6027        275     Single check valve 120  Slack adjusters 186  Speedometer 17  Spring brakes   manual release 142  Spring pins 247  Springs 246  Starting Procedure   Cold Temperatures 92   Normal Temperatures 90  Steering Column Mounted Controls 45  Steering maintenance 243  Stopping procedures 146  Storage compartment 73  Suspension 249   fasteners 249   fasteners  torque 249  T  Tachometer 17  131  Tether belts 80  237   adjustment 80  Tire   chains 145   inflation pressure 206   inspection 205   replacement  tread depth 214  Towing 142  145   vehicle recovery precautions 140  Tractor park 110        276        Tractor protection manifold 121  Trailer   hand brake 116   park 109   spring brakes 112   supply valve  red 120  Trailer ABS 114  Trailer park 108  Transmission   automatic 103   clutch 98   identification 268   lubrication 239  240  242   maintenance 240   manual 98   operation 98   Service notes 239  Truck tractor ABS 113  Turbocharge
253. tached to the cab    floor and seat frame  It should be routed through the  buckle on each side      Often the attachments are made using a split type  hook  Make sure both halves of the hook are around  the anchor bracket      To lengthen the tether  turn the buckle to a right angle  to the webbing  Then pull the buckle  To shorten the  tether  pull on the strap     If your Medium Duty vehicle has been equipped with fixed  length tethers  no manual adjustment is required  The  same inspection and replacement guidelines should be  used as stated on page 197        80  Y53 6027 Medium Duty  R05 09     SEATS    Komfort   Lok   Latch 4  To release the Komfort Lok latch  reach up and pull  re the latch cover open  down   or simply pull down on  Your Peterbilt contains a feature designed to eliminate the shoulder belt     cinching and provide improved safety and comfort  Cinch   ing is the condition where a belt becomes continually 5  When you want to get out of the cab  release the  tighter around you during a rough  bouncy ride  The need latch  then just push the button on the buckle    for this feature increases with rough road conditions  par   ticularly over long distances  To eliminate cinching  simply  activate the Komfort Lok feature at the appropriate time        1  Fasten the seatbelt according to the directions in the  previous  Safety Belt Restraint  section     2  You are now ready to activate the Komfort Lok  Lean  forward to pull a little slack in the belt  maximum 
254. that are set by the manufac   turer  The two functions are       To decrease the cruise set speed  hold the SET   RESUME switch in the RESUME position and coast  to a lower speed       To increase the cruise set speed  hold the SET   RESUME switch in the SET position  this will accel   erate the vehicle to a higher speed     Disengaging the Cruise Control  Do one of these steps to disengage the cruise control     Move the ON OFF switch to the OFF position     or      Depress the brake pedal     or      Depress the clutch pedal         97        OPERATING THE TRANSMISSION    Reengaging the Cruise Control  1  Move the ON OFF switch to the ON position   or    2  Toggle the SET RESUME lever to the RESUME posi   tion     Operating the Transmission  Introduction    Your Medium Duty vehicle is equipped with either a man   ual or automatic transmission with special features and  gearing to meet your particular needs  It is important for  you  the driver  to understand how your particular trans   mission is operated  To do this  you have two sources of  information  this Operator s Manual and the transmission  manufacturer s Driver Operator s Instruction Manual   Because of the variety of different transmissions installed  in Medium Duty vehicles  operating procedures for your  particular transmission are not included in this manual   therefore  you should read and understand both manuals   Read the general guidelines and instructions that follow        98        Y53 6027    STARTING 
255. the mirror directional control pad towards the  arrows pointing left or right to adjust the mirror in out     pleted  return the mirror selector switch back to  the center  neutral  position  to prevent uninten   tional adjustments to the mirrors     Mirror Heat Switch    d NOTE  After mirror adjustments have been com        Mirror Heat  Indicator Light       Mirror Heat        m     Switch Button                  Your vehicle may be equipped with optional heated mir   rors  Mirror heat is controlled by the mirror heat switch but   ton  which is part of the mirror switch module located on  the driver side door pad  Motorized mirrors with mirror  heat have an automatic 15 minute  time out  feature   where the mirror heat only module is automatically deacti   vated        58        Y53 6027    CONTROLS AND DISPLAY    To defrost the mirrors in cold weather  depress the mirror  heat switch button and release  The mirror heat symbol in  the button will illuminate to indicate the mirror heat func   tion has been activated  Pressing and releasing the button  again turns the mirror heat and the indicator light Off     NOTE  The effects of direct sunlight  or the use of  H mirror heat  will increase the outside air tempera   ture displayed while the vehicle is stationary     Power Window Switch       Driver Window    Switch hae      Passenger    a Switch             WARNING  When closing the power windows    AN be sure that they are free of obstructions   including your  or your passe
256. the preheat  cycle is complete and you can start the engine normally         94        Y53 6027    STARTING AND OPERATING THE VEHICLE    After the engine starts and until operating conditions  reach a certain point  the system will continue to operate  to eliminate white smoke exhaust     Engine Warm Up and Idling    The purpose of engine warm up is to allow an oil film to be  established between pistons  shafts  and bearings while  your engine gradually reaches operating temperature     Warm Up Procedure    1  After you have started the engine  idle the engine at  approximately 600 rpm while you check vital engine  systems        oil pressure      air pressure      alternator output  with the optional voltmeter     2  Before placing engine under a load  continue warm   up with the engine at 900 to 1000 rpm for 3 to 5 min   utes      When a cold engine is started  increase the engine  speed  rpm  slowly to be sure adequate lubrication  is available to the bearings and to allow the oil pres   sure to stabilize  In extremely cold temperatures   you may have to increase idle speed     Medium Duty  R05 09     STARTING AND OPERATING THE VEHICLE    tures are often below freezing  sufficient warm   up for turbocharged engines is especially impor   tant  Chilled external oil lines leading to the tur   bocharger will slow the oil flow until the oil  warms  reducing oil available for the bearings   Watch the engine oil pressure gauge for a  warming trend before increasing engine idle  
257. the road  which could result  in an accident involving death  personal injury  or equipment damage     CAUTION  Do not rely on the Navigation System  to route you to the closest emergency services   Not all emergency services are in the database     NOTE  Regardless of how and where the naviga   tion system directs you  it is your responsibility to  operate the vehicle in a safe and legal manner     NOTE  Ensure the volume level of all audio  devices is set to a level that still allows you to hear  outside traffic and emergency vehicles     Medium Duty  R05 09     CONTROLS AND DISPLAY    ACCESSORIES    available at the time of production  The database   You can lock and unlock the glove compartment door    Hn NOTE  The map database is the most current   To close  push the cover up and press to latch it     is designed to provide you with route suggestions  and does not take into account the relative safety  of a suggested route or of factors that may affect  the time required to reach your destination  See   the Supplemental Navigation System Owner s AN  Manual for more information     Radio    As an option  your vehicle has either an AM FM Stereo  Receiver or an AM FM Stereo Cassette Player     For instructions on how to operate your particular radio   see the manufacturer s Radio Operating Instructions in  the glove compartment  AN    Glove Compartment  A glove compartment is provided to store important docu   ments  the vehicle literature set  including this Operator s    
258. the vehicle causing  death or personal injury  Make all adjustments  to the seat while the vehicle is stopped        After adjusting the seat and before driving  off  always check to be sure that the seat is  firmly latched in position         74     Y53 6027    WARNING  Before driving or riding in the  vehicle  be sure that there is adequate head  clearance at maximum upward travel of seat   Death or personal injury may occur if head  clearance is not adequate     Medium Duty  R05 09     SEATS       Safety Restraint Belts    The right and left seats are equipped with 3 point lap   shoulder belts  the center seat has a 2 point seat belt   Safety belts have proven to be the single most effective  means available for reducing the potential for either seri   ous injury or death in motor vehicle accidents  Therefore   Meee te read and follow these instructions and always observe  Rotate knob for user warnings pertaining to safety belts     infinite selection of  settings            CHUGGER SNUBBER  LOCK OUT FEATURE  Move handle down to  unlock   N             FRONT CUSHION  HEIGHT             Lift and pull forward  to raise position J      SEAT RIDE HEIGHT  LUMBAR ADJUSTMENT   Push switch up to inflate    PEORES BET ISOLATOR   Push down to deflate    Move to left and slide  seat to desired position          03017       Peterbilt Ultraride II Highback Air Seat                Unbelted Person in Crash    Medium Duty  R05 09  Y53 6027  75     SEATS    seat belt and your riders  belts
259. the wiper s setting speed         47     OPTIONAL GAUGES       Wiper Switch Settings             Wiper Switch Position Wiper Speed       Off Off       Intermittent  1 20 Second Delay       Intermittent  2 17 Second Delay       Intermittent  3 7 Second Delay       Intermittent  4 4 Second Delay       Low Low Speed       High High Speed                To activate the wipers for one swipe without activating the  washer     mist    function   push the turn signal lever in       48        Y53 6027    CONTROLS AND DISPLAY     towards the steering column  and release in less than 0 5  seconds  The wipers will perform a single swipe and then  resume the wiper s setting speed     Check the windshield washing fluid level daily  If neces   sary  fill to top     Clean all inside and outside windows regularly  Use an  alcohol based cleaning solution and wipe dry with either a  lint free or a chamois cloth  Avoid running the wiper  blades over a dry windshield to prevent scratching the  glass  Spray on washer fluid first  A scratched windshield  will reduce visibility     Electric Horn    Your Peterbilt has an electric horn  To operate  press on  the horn symbol near the center of the steering wheel                    Medium Duty  R05 09     CONTROLS AND DISPLAY    Air Operated Horn  Option     Your Medium Duty vehicle may be equipped with an air A  horn  To operate  pull on the lanyard extending from the    overhead header panel     Trailer Brake Hand Valve    This hand valve provides air
260. ting by the motor carrier  See the cited  FMCSR for a complete description of the regula   tion and exemptions   Any authorized person riding in your vehicle should  wear a seat belt  A responsible operator sees to it that  everyone in the vehicle rides safely   and that means  with a seat belt   Do not strap in more than one person with each belt   Do not wear a belt over rigid or breakable objects in or  on your clothing  such as eye glasses  pens  keys   etc   as these may cause injury in an accident   Several layers of heavy clothing may interfere with  proper positioning of belts and reduce the overall  effectiveness of the system   Keep belt buckles free of any obstruction that may  prevent secure locking     Y53 6027    Damaged or worn belts  subjected to excessive  stretch forces from crashes  cuts or tears  or normal  wear  must be replaced   they may not protect you if  you have an accident    If belts show damage to any part of assembly  such as  webbing  bindings  buckles or retractors  they must be  replaced    Do not allow safety belts to become damaged by get   ting caught in door or seat hardware  or rubbing  against sharp objects    The belts must be kept clean or the retractors may not  work properly    Never bleach or dye seat belts  chemicals can  weaken them  Do  however  keep them clean by fol   lowing the care label on the belts  Let them dry com   pletely before allowing them to retract    Make sure the belt of the unoccupied passenger seat  is fully w
261. ts  DRL   the high beam headlamps go on auto   On vehicles equipped with the Daytime Running Light matically at reduced brightness if the engine is run    DRL  system  the low beam headlights are turned ON ning and the headlamp switch is turned off  The  automatically at reduced brightness  to conserve head  daytime running lights are turned off automatically  lamp life   while the parking brake is engaged  If the head   lamp switch is turned on  the DRL system is over    If the headlight switch is turned OFF  the DRL system ridden  amp  headlamps operate normally     engages automatically after the engine starts and you       52  Y53 6027 Medium Duty  R05 09     CONTROLS AND DISPLAY    Panel Light Dimmer       9    3    AUC                  The Panel Light Dimmer lets you vary the brightness of  your instrument panel lights     To Operate Your Panel Light Dimmer     1  Turn on either the headlights or clearance lights    2  To brighten the instrument lights  rotate the thumb   wheel up    3  To dim the instrument lights  rotate the thumbwheel  down     Medium Duty  R05 09     Y53 6027    DASH  AND DOOR MOUNTED FEATURES    ID and Clearance Lights Switch       These are the amber lights on top of your cab  the lights  on the front and sides of the trailer  and the red lights on  the rear of a truck or trailer  They are controlled by the  control panel switch labelled CL LPS or with the symbol  shown above     Dome Light    The center mounted dome light is operated by gently  p
262. ttle  in the  opposite direction during clutch engagement  If you  need to start up on an incline  apply your service  brakes before you release the parking brake  Then  release your service brakes as you engage the clutch  and apply throttle     For further instructions on operating your transmission  see  the transmission manufacturer s manual that is included with  your vehicle     If you have a misaligned gear condition in your vehicle s  transmission and cannot start  gradually release the  clutch  allowing the drive gear teeth to line up properly   Then the drive gear can roll enough to allow the teeth to  line up properly and complete the shift     The best engine performance and maximum economy is  obtained if gears are properly selected  This efficiency is  achieved by always selecting gears within optimum  engine rpm  which is where maximum torque and power  are obtained  For further information  see  More Driving  Tips and Techniques  on page 130          100      Y53 6027    STARTING AND OPERATING THE VEHICLE    Shifting Gears in a New Vehicle    Shift carefully in a new vehicle  The transmission may be  a little stiff at first  Avoid gear clashing by closely following  these procedures     When you are operating a new vehicle or one that has  been exposed to cold weather  you want the transmission  lubricant  fluid  to circulate and coat the contacting sur   faces of the gears  Metal contacting metal in moving parts  may seriously damage your transmission   do no
263. turned  OFF  unplugged    When the temperature falls below 0   F     18  F  for Cater   pillar engines  or    10   F   24  C  for Cummins engines  the  block heater is required     Medium Duty  R05 09  Y53 6027    WARNING  Do not use ether or other starting  fluids as a cold starting aid in your Medium  Duty vehicle  Your engine uses either an elec   trical grid or an open flame inside the mani   fold  to heat the air fuel mixture for cold  weather starting  If ether or another starting  fluid is used  the air fuel will ignite inside the  manifold  which could cause an explosion and  death or severe injury        93        With each engine make  the air intake heating system  works differently  To understand fully how your engine s  heating system operates  see the engine Operation and  Maintenance Manual for details     On most systems the engine block temperature is moni   tored at startup  other systems monitor the engine oil  pressure  coolant temperature  and time  as well  When  the pre set conditions are met  the heater automatically  engages     Air Intake Heater    The air intake heater system will alert you when the  engine requires preheat  On the dash is a  WAIT TO  START  warning light  See page 28   This light alerts you  to wait before starting the engine     Turn the key to IGN  amp  ACC  the WAIT TO START light will  light up for bulb check     Wait until the WAIT TO START light goes off before you  start the engine     When the WAIT TO START light goes off  
264. ty  The most critical warning will be displayed on  the top row and to the left  If more than six warnings are  active  the menu control switch  MCS  can be used to  scroll through the additional warnings     2  Status Indicator     Additional lights and indicator symbols are displayed in  the Status Indicator  They are limited to    a   b     Park Brake  Transmission Gear  Automatic transmissions  only       Warnings     Number of active warnings     Medium Duty  R05 09     CONTROLS AND DISPLAYS    A red warning is active     A An amber warning is active     d  Cruise Control   active  e  Clock alarm bell    Refer to    Warning Light   Indicator Symbols    on page 22  for information on each symbol     Instrument System Self Test     When the ignition switch is turned on the instrumentation  system will undergo a Self Test  This test will verify the  operation of the gauges and warnings     During the Instrumentation System Self Test  three  screens will sequentially display warning icons  approxi   mately 3 seconds each screen  on the Information Dis   play  These are     Medium Duty  R05 09     Y53 6027    INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS       Third    Refer to  Warning Light   Indicator Symbols  on page 22  for information on each symbol     Completing this sequence will indicate a successful Self  Test  Have your instrumentation system checked by a  qualitfied service technician if does not successfully com   plete     Audible Alarm     The audible alarm will sound during the I
265. u are not an experienced  mechanic  anddo not have the right equipment or training   please leave the repairs to an authorized service facility   They are the ones equipped to do the job safely and cor   rectly     WARNING  Do not attempt repair work without  AN sufficient training  service manuals  and the  proper tools  You could be killed or injured  or  you could make your vehicle unsafe  Do only  those tasks you are fully qualified to do     Y53 6027    INTRODUCTION    Shop Manuals    If you do decide to do complex repair work  you will need  the Medium Duty Maintenance Manual  It contains ser   vice procedures  parts information  and supporting mate   rial on major components in your vehicle  such as  Suspensions  Drivelines  Axles  and the Heater Air Condi   tioner     Listed below are manuals available from your Peterbilt  Dealer   There is a charge for these manuals   Please pro   vide the Chassis Serial Number when ordering  to be sure  you get the correct manuals for your vehicle     Medium Duty Maintenance Manual  This manual  includes detailed service procedures specifically compiled  for the components on your vehicle  including  electrical  information  maintenance  disassembly  assembly   repairs  overhaul  and troubleshooting procedures  The  information contained in this manual is the same used by  Peterbilt dealers     Medium Duty Master Parts Catalog  Contains illustrated  parts lists with drawings and exploded views for Medium  Duty series vehicles     Me
266. ub piloted mount and ball seat mount  applications  Only OEM supplied hub piloted or  ball seat mounted wheels may be used on this  vehicle     1 WARNING  Use only original equipment manu         204   Y53 6027    Preventive Maintenance    If you are not fully qualified and not equipped  with the proper tools and equipment  do not  attempt to raise the vehicle or remove or install  the damaged tire and wheel assembly  Obtain  expert help  A person can be killed or seriously  injured and or damage can result from using the  wrong service methods  Truck tires and wheels  should be serviced only by trained personnel  using proper equipment  Do not reinflate a tire  that has been run flat or is seriously low on air  without first removing the tire from the rim and  inspecting for damage     Follow OSHA regulations per section 1910 177     Do not exceed the speed rating of tires  Exceed   ing the speed rating may result in sudden tire  failure and loss of vehicle control     Follow all warnings and cautions contained  within the tire and wheel manufacturers litera   ture     Only properly trained personnel should service  tire and rim assemblies     See page 215 for specific safety requirements  for trucks with hydraulic brakes     Medium Duty  R05 09     Preventive Maintenance    Speed Restricted Tires    WARNING  This vehicle may be equipped with   AN speed restricted tires  Check each tire   s side   wall for maximum rated speed  Vehicle should  not be operated at sustained spe
267. ult in serious damage to the engine  If  you do not repair them the engine damage will  not be covered by your warranty  Repair all air  leaks as soon as you find them       CAUTION  Air leaks cause excessive noise and    Exhaust System      Check for exhaust leaks  which would indicate a leaking  manifold gasket  replace gasket if necessary      Check cap screws for tightness  including those at the  flanges  Refer to the engine manufacturer s service man   ual for proper tightening sequence and torque values     Joints and Clamps      Check for leaks  and tighten as necessary  Check for  deterioration or dents in pipes and clamps which could  allow exhaust to escape     Medium Duty  R05 09     Preventive Maintenance    Piping    Check exhaust piping for rust  corrosion  or damage   Replace deteriorated piping before holes appear  If pip   ing is perforated at any point  temporary patching or lag   ging is acceptable until you can have permanent repairs  made  On turbocharged engines  check joints at flanges  and mounting brackets for tightness     Mufflers    NOTE  Use only an exact replacement muffler in  exhaust systems  Certain mufflers contain integral  catalytic converters essential for compliance with  EPA emission standards  Using a noncompliant muf   fler as a replacement could violate these standards  and also void the emission system s warranty     Check muffler  clamps  and mounting brackets  Tighten if  necessary  Inspect muffler for signs of rust or corrosion  
268. umi   nate and then go out when the ignition switch is first  turned on  The Wheel Spin Control warning lamp will illu   minate whenever the ASR or ATC system detects drive  wheel spin  The lamp will remain illuminated as long as  wheel spin is detected and the ASR or ATC system is  applying the drive wheel brakes or reducing engine     115     USING THE BRAKE SYSTEM    torque  Do not allow the Wheel Spin Control lamp to  remain on continuously for an extended length of time   Extended  continuous use of the ASR   ATC can cause  overheating of the drive wheel brakes  Engine torque or  vehicle speed should be reduced to eliminate wheel spin  and prevent excessive application of the ASR   ATC sys   tem     Except for checking for proper illumination of the ABS and  Wheel Spin Control warning lamps when first starting the  truck and for monitoring these lamps while driving  no  special operating procedures are required  For detailed  System description  see service literature for your specific  ABS that was provided with your vehicle     Trailer Brake Hand Valve    Tractor trailer vehicles are equipped with a trailer brake  hand valve mounted on the right side of the steering  wheel column  This hand valve provides air pressure to  apply the trailer brakes only  It operates independently of  the foot treadle valve       116     Y53 6027    STARTING AND OPERATING THE VEHICLE    To operate the trailer brake hand valve     Pull down on the lever       The valve is self returning  W
269. unction adequately     Medium Duty  R05 09     Y53 6027    Air System    amounts of moisture is normal and should not be consid   ered as an indication that the dryer is not performing  properly    e An outside air source may have been used to charge the  air system  in which case this air did not pass through  the drying bed     Air Intake System    Engine heat  vibration  and age combine to loosen air intake  connections and cause cracks in the tubing and elbows   Leaks in the intake system allow abrasive dust to enter the  engine and quickly cause expensive damage  During your  daily walk around inspection  carefully check all tubing   elbows  clamps supports and fasteners for condition and  tightness      Under normal operating conditions  Peterbilt recom   mends complete disassembly and cleaning of the air  intake system at each 25 000 mile  40 000 km   Under  Severe operating conditions  the disassembly and clean   ing should be more frequent  Replace any defective  parts  With the possible exception of mounting brackets   do not repair defective parts      201        Air System      Check the Charge Air Cooler for air leaks annually  The  air leaks can be caused by cracked tubes or header  For  service see your Peterbilt Dealer or Authorized Service  Center     Turbocharger    When servicing the air intake and exhaust systems on a tur   bocharged engine  check the items listed below     charger intake piping disconnected  A suction is  created when the engine is runnin
270. ure in pounds per square inch  psi   See  Primary   Secondary  Air Pressure Gauge  Air Reservoir   on page  43        If the pressure in either or both systems is too low for normal  brake operation  i e   either pointer falls below 60 psi  414  kPa   a warning light on the gauge will glow and the audible  alarm will sound  If the light and alarm do not turn off at start   up  do not try to drive the vehicle until the problem is found  and fixed     Medium Duty  R05 09     Preventive Maintenance    in the air system is detected  Conduct the follow   ing procedure and contact an Authorized Ser   vice Center  or any other properly equipped  service center  if a leak is detected  Failure to  check the brakes or follow these procedures  could cause a system failure  increasing the risk  of an accident resulting in death or personal  injury     f WARNING  Do not operate the vehicle if leakage    Follow the procedure below to check the compressed air  system for leaks     1  Periodically  or after maintenance or replacement of air  system components    2  Build up air pressure in the system to the governor cut   out point or until 120 psi  827 kPa  is reached    3  Stop the engine and release the service brakes    4  Without applying the brake pedal  observe the rate of air  pressure drop  This rate should not exceed 2 0 psi  14  kPa  per minute    5  Start the engine and build up the air pressure again    6  Stop the engine  and apply the brakes fully  Apply the  brake pedal and h
271. ushing on the lens until a click is heard  The same action  turns the light on or off  depending on its previous state        53     DASH  AND DOOR MOUNTED FEATURES    Fog Lights Switch    If your vehicle has fog lights  turn them ON or OFF with  the control panel switch with the symbol shown above     il       54       NOTE  Across the U S A  and Canada  State Pro   vincial requirements vary as to when high beams  and fog lights can and cannot be used together   Some states allow only four lights to be used  together  while some allow more  How your lights  are arranged will affect whether you can operate  headlights and fog lights concurrently   always  comply with the state or provincial requirements  where you are driving     CONTROLS AND DISPLAY    Air Suspension Deflate Switch  Dump Valve     AIR SUSPENSION       Your Peterbilt vehicle may have an air suspension defla   tion switch which allows the air in the suspension to be  exhausted from a switch on the dash  The purpose of this  feature is to allow you to lower your tractor to get under a  trailer  You may notice a guard over the switch  This pre   vents you from accidentally deflating the suspension     A    Y53 6027    WARNING  Operating the Air Suspension  Deflate Switch  Dump Valve  while driving can  lead to an accident causing death or personal  injury  Sudden deflation while your vehicle is  moving can affect handling and control  Use  this switch only when your vehicle is not mov   ing     Medium Duty  R05 
272. utomatically proportions the drive  axle brake application pressure when driving bobtail  with   out a trailer connected   The proportioning BP R1 brake  valve allows full use of the steer axle  front  brakes and  reduces the chance that the drive axle brakes will lockup   The bobtail brake proportioning system is automatically  turned off when a trailer is connected       105     USING THE BRAKE SYSTEM    Using the Parking Brake    The yellow diamond shaped knob on the dash controls  the truck tractor parking brakes  These are spring brakes  that you activate by releasing air pressure from their  chambers  When they are not in use  air pressure com   presses the springs and releases the brakes  Pulling the  knob OUT applies the parking brake  which exhausts air  from the chambers and allows the springs to extend and  apply the brakes     WARNING  Do not pull out the parking brake   AN valve while the vehicle is moving  Stopping  with the parking brake controls can cause a  sudden wheel lock up  loss of control  or  over take by following vehicles  You could be  killed or severely injured     WARNING  Do not leave the cab without   AN applying the parking brake  The truck could  roll and cause an accident  resulting in death  or personal injury  Always apply the parking  brake before you leave the cab       106      Y53 6027    STARTING AND OPERATING THE VEHICLE    Before you leave the cab     1  Apply all parking brakes  Pull out the Yellow Parking  Brake Control knob locate
273. vehicle s oil and air pressure are  correct and all other parts and systems are in proper  working condition     1  If your truck is equipped with a hand throttle  disen   gage the hand throttle before driving the vehicle     Medium Duty  R05 09     Y53 6027    OPERATING THE TRANSMISSION    2  Fully depress the clutch pedal until the clutch brake  makes contact  see page 100   The contact will occur  at about 1 inch or less from the floorboard       The total stroke of the clutch pedal is about 10  inches  The first 1  inches is free travel  After the  free travel comes the release stroke  which is the  part that fully releases the clutch  The last inch  engages the clutch brake      Always start out in a low gear  Starting in a higher  gear  even with a light load  will cause a very jumpy  start and excessive wear     CAUTION  Always use first gear or a low   A speed range to start the vehicle in motion   The use of a higher gear or speed range  forces undue strain on the engine  clutch   other transmission components  and may  cause damage     3  Evaluate the road surface conditions and terrain your  vehicle is on  Select a gear low enough to let your  vehicle start forward with the throttle at idle     4  Push the parking brake valve handle  Yellow  against  the dash panel to release the brakes         99        OPERATING THE TRANSMISSION    5  Release the clutch pedal  then gradually accelerate to  permit smooth starting     6  Do not allow your vehicle to roll  even a li
274. ventive Maintenance    Chassis Number Locations  The chassis serial number is shown in three places       Right frame rail  top flange  about 3 ft  from the front end    Components and Weights Label on driver s door frame    Tire and Rim Info Label on driver s door frame    Medium Duty  R05 09  Y53 6027    Consumer Information and Vehicle Identification                                          VIN LOCATION    A2378              265      Consumer Information and Vehicle Identification Preventive Maintenance       Complete Vehicle Certification Label    VEHICLE NAME PLATE    The Complete Vehicle Certification label certifies that the  vehicle complies with all applicable Federal Motor Vehicle  Safety Standards  It is located on the driver s side door frame  and contains the following information               O Palaki Motsa Company O  A LADNBON OE pacon   Date of manufacture  AN CHASSIS WT  M     O VN o   GVWR     Gross Vehicle Weight Rating          d   GAWR FRONT and REAR     Gross Axle Weight Rat     ings for Front and Rear Axle    TIRE RIM SIZES AND INFLATION PRESSURES      Tire Rim Sizes and Cold Pressure Minimums               VIN     Vehicle Identification Number       SUITABLE TIRE RIM CHOICE THIS VEHICLE CONFORMS TO ALL                                              MANUFACTURED BY TIRE SIZE RIM SIZE PSI COLD APPLICABLE FEDERAL MOTOR VEHICLE  PETERBILT MOTORS CO  FR  GAWR SAFETY STANDARDS IN EFFECT ON THE  DIVISION OF PACCAR Inc  2ND GAWR DATE OF MANUFACTURE SHOWN ABOVE 
275. w moments the lighter will automatically  pop out  ready to use  After use  insert the knob  but do        69        CUPHOLDERS ASHTRAY    not push it in  The cigarette lighter circuit is protected by a  10 ampere fuse to prevent damage should the lighter get  stuck in the IN position  If this fuse needs replacement   check to ensure that the lighter is not stuck before replac   ing the fuse     WARNING  Do not exceed the voltage amper     N age capacity of the cigarette lighter  It could  result in a fire causing death or personal  injury  Follow all warnings and instructions in  the operator s manual for the appliance you  are using           70        Y53 6027    CONTROLS AND DISPLAY    The power port at the top of the dash may be used to  power auxiliary equipment not drawing more than 15  amperes maximum per port  Devices designed to use  these power ports will not fit into the cigarette lighter port     Cupholders Ashtray    Your vehicle comes standard with two cupholders located  in the center of the cab  below the dashboard  This vehicle  may have an optional ashtray which is designed to fit into  one cupholder     WARNING  Paper or other combustible sub    AN stances in an ashtray could cause a fire  resulting in death or personal injury  Keep all  burnable materials besides smoking materials  out of the ashtray     Medium Duty  R05 09     CONTROLS AND DISPLAY       Medium Duty  R05 09     CUPHOLDER    SHIFT PATTERN DISPLAY    Shift Pattern Display    The correct shi
276. xcept for using small trickle charges  as explained on Page  226  to maintain battery condition  you should have your  vehicle s batteries charged by a qualified service facility     Medium Duty  R05 09     Preventive Maintenance    severely  They contain acid  produce poisonous  and explosive gases  and supply levels of elec   tric current high enough to cause burns  A spark  or flame near a battery on charge may cause it to  explode with great force     f WARNING  Batteries can kill or injure you    To help reduce the risk of personal injuries  follow these  guidelines carefully when recharging a battery       Before attempting any service in the electrical installa   tion  disconnect the battery negative cable      Allow no sparks or open flame anywhere near the charg   ing area      Charge a battery only in a well ventilated area  such as  outdoors or in a fully open garage which contains no pilot  lights or other flames  Gases generated during the  charging process must be allowed to escape      Maintain the full level of electrolyte in the batteries  This  reduces the volume of gas in the cells  The electrolyte  level should always be between 0 4   0 6 in   10   15mm   above plates  Fill with distilled water only  After dis   tilled water has been added  wait at least a half hour to  measure solution density  specific gravity   The specific  gravity should be between 1 258   1 265 or the electrolyte  level within  MIN  and  MAX  marks     Medium Duty  R05 09  Y53 6027  
277. xle  Inter Axle Differential tyt  Locked  Tandem Axles  H Yellow   e 26  Fu  8  Brake System O         26  9  Clock  Alarm Bell T   LX elow   e 26                            Y53 6027    Medium Duty  R05 09     CONTROLS AND DISPLAYS    Warning Light   Indicator Symbols    INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS    Warning Light   Indicator Symbols                                                                                                    Symbol Name Symbol   Color   Std   Opt   Page Symbol Name Symbol   Color   Std   Opt   Page  10  Cruise Control  Active   19  Engine  Overspeed  O  Yelow   o 27 Red e   28  11  Dump Truck  Body U   Engine  R Brak  p y Up a         27 20  Engine  Retarder  Brake  Sican   28  12  Dump Truck  Trailer Body 21  Engine  Stop Engine  Up S Yellow e 27 Red e 28  O00  13  Emissions  Diesel Particu      22  Engine  Wait To Start  late Filter  DPF      Yellow   e 27 too   Yellow e 28  se WAIT  14  Emissions  High Exhaust E 23  Fifth Wheel  King Pin Lock  System Temperture  HEST   723    Yellow  e 27  18 Red e   28        15  Engine  Check Engine Yellow   27 24  Fifth Wheel  Slide  to  Unlocked d Red   o 28  16  Engine  Ether S edd  zb seat e  27 25  Lights  High Beam       32  e     Blue e 29  17  Engine  Heater 26  Message Waiting  g KIN Yellow    27 D  Green    29  27  Park Brake  18  Engine  Low Coolant Level m  P  Red e 29  Lad Yellow e  Medium Duty  R05 09  Y53 6027   23     INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS CONTROLS AND DISPLAYS                                      
278. you to lose control of  your vehicle  and may result in an accident caus   ing death or personal injury     1 WARNING  Use the correct components and    Medium Duty  R05 09     Y53 6027    The end of the wheel wrench must be smooth  Burrs on the  end of the wrench can tear grooves in the disc  These  grooves may lead to cracks in the disc  and can cause it to  fail     ppc     Tires and Wheels    Demounted Rims    To check the torque on demountable rims  follow the criss   cross sequence shown below  See Table 7   Wheel Cap Nut  Torque     Page 210 for proper torque specifications        00118    DISK WHEEL       DEMOUNTED RIMS             Crisscross Tightening Sequence       212     Y53 6027    Preventive Maintenance    ing tire and rim assemblies is dangerous  Failure  to observe proper precautions could cause the  tire rim assembly to burst explosively  causing  serious injury or death  See the wheel manufac   turer s literature for the proper way to mount and  demount your tires and rims  Follow their pre   cautions exactly     f WARNING  Improperly mounting and demount     Comparing Hub Piloted and Ball Seat Parts    WARNING  Do not mismatch wheel components     N Equipment that does not exactly match original  specifications or that is mismatched could  cause the wheels to break and separate from the  vehicle causing death or personal injury  Each  mounting system is engineered for use only with  its correct mating part  Be sure properly  matched components are used for
279. z Man RA Remover For difficult stains on painted plastic surfaces  such as        Ammonia based Products the dash shell  use Dupont    Sontara   cleaner  part  number PS 3909S  The product is available from  Dupont as a presaturated wipe        e Clean difficult stains such as oil  grease   and mustard as soon as possible  The longer  a stain goes untreated  the more difficult it is    to remove  Carpet    e Avoid application of conditioning products  containing silicones or waxes to the top sur   face of the dash panel  This may cause glare  that can be a driver distraction    Use a clean  lint free cloth or clean  soft fiber brush     Excess water may damage the carpet  Keep       CAUTION  Do not apply water directly to carpet   carpet as dry as possible       Clean with the cloth or brush dampened with a mild  soap and water solution     Medium Duty  R05 09  53 6027   233      Cab Maintenance      Remove soap with a clean  damp rag       If a stronger cleaning solution is required  use a foam   type carpet shampoo     Vinyl and Fabric Upholstery    CAUTION  To avoid possible damage to the  A upholstery  do not use chemical solvents or  strong detergents on these components     Use a clean  lint free cloth     Clean with the cloth dampened with a mild soap and   water solution     Remove soap with a clean  damp rag     For difficult stains  use a commercial fabric or vinyl  cleaner         234        Y53 6027    Preventive Maintenance    Safety Restraint System     Inspecti
    
Download Pdf Manuals
 
 
    
Related Search
    
Related Contents
Mode d`emploi - Votre espace formation  GRATIS!  Gestion de l`autotransfusion en SSPI - Groslier D - ( PDF  ClassifyIt 4.6 – User Manual Content  SM300 user manual  terminos y condiciones  Victor Technology 1190 calculator  取扱説明書(947.9 KB)  Conair FB27R foot-bath  SEASIDE    Copyright © All rights reserved. 
   Failed to retrieve file